-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, RNECTkwcGiKVUU38BaKy48GxV3JLhRicIzS11ijZn2wAhhV/sfe7EPJ/yBqEGRGT P+8H1mAXoeAw7eu+LACPwA== 0000950149-02-000552.txt : 20020415 0000950149-02-000552.hdr.sgml : 20020415 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950149-02-000552 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20011231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20020325 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: PEOPLESOFT INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000875570 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE [7372] IRS NUMBER: 680137069 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-20710 FILM NUMBER: 02584709 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 4460 HACIENDA DRIVE CITY: PLEASANTON STATE: CA ZIP: 94588-8618 BUSINESS PHONE: 925-225-3000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 4460 HACIENDA DRIVE CITY: PLEASANTON STATE: CA ZIP: 94588-8618 10-K 1 f80042e10-k.htm FORM 10-K Peoplesoft 10-K for Fiscal Year ended 12-31-2001
 

________________________________________________________________________________

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

      x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001

      o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 0-20710

PEOPLESOFT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
  68-0137069
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Incorporation or Organization)
   
 
4460 Hacienda Drive, Pleasanton, CA
  94588
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (925) 694-3000

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

         
Name of Each Exchange
Title of Each Class Which Registered


None
    None  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

(Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

     The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing sale price of common stock on March 18, 2002 as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, was approximately $11.6 billion. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

     As of March 18, 2002 Registrant had 309,588,837 outstanding shares of common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the Proxy Statement for Registrant’s 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 29, 2002 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K Report.




 

     PeopleSoft, the PeopleSoft logo and PeopleTools are registered trademarks, Pure Internet Architecture and PeopleSoft 8 are trademarks of PeopleSoft, Inc. Certain other company and product names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Copyright © 2002 PeopleSoft, Inc. All rights reserved.


 

PART I

Item 1. Business

      This Business section and other parts of this Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements contained throughout this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, those identified with a footnote (1) symbol.

General

      PeopleSoft, Inc. designs, develops, markets and supports a family of enterprise application software products for use throughout large and medium sized organizations. These organizations include corporations, higher education institutions and federal, state, provincial and local government agencies worldwide. We provide enterprise application software for customer relationship management, human resources management, financial management and supply chain management, along with a range of industry-specific products. Within each of our application suites we offer world class embedded analytics and portal applications. Our applications offer a high degree of flexibility, rapid implementation and scalability across multiple databases and operating systems. In addition to enterprise application software, we offer a variety of services to our customers including implementation assistance, project planning, on-line analytic processing deployment, software product enhancements, product support and training.

      Our strategy is to offer comprehensive applications that enable organizations to manage, analyze and enhance their relationships with customers, employees and suppliers. PeopleSoft enterprise software applications manage mission critical business processes, including specific applications for customers, employees and suppliers.

      Incorporated in Delaware in 1987, we shipped our first software product, a human resources management system, in December 1988. In 1992, we introduced the first of a series of financial management software products, and, in 1994, we introduced the first of a series of supply chain management products. Since that time, we have introduced several additions to our existing product lines, plus industry specific software products. These industry specific applications include manufacturing products, public sector financial management products, public sector human resources management products, student administration solutions products for the higher education market and human resources and financial management products for the U.S. federal government market.

      We began shipping our first internet based enterprise applications, PeopleSoft 8TM, in September 2000, marking our largest technological advance in enterprise software in more than a decade. PeopleSoft 8 includes pure internet collaborative applications that enable organizations to create a real-time, collaborative network of customers, employees and suppliers. PeopleSoft 8 applications can be accessed anytime and from anywhere with a standard internet browser because they do not require software to be installed on the user’s personal computer. In December 1999, we acquired The Vantive Corporation (“Vantive”), a supplier of customer relationship management applications. We have built upon the Vantive products and in June 2001, began shipping a solution called PeopleSoft Customer Relationship Management (“PeopleSoft 8 CRM”), a comprehensive suite that integrates with other PeopleSoft applications.

Software Product Architecture

      We believe that our product architecture provides the system performance required for intensive record keeping and high volume on-line transaction processing. Our applications are designed for ease of use and are compatible with personal productivity applications such as word processors and spreadsheets. Our software products are designed specifically for use with relational database management systems, or RDBMSs, which offer power and functionality superior to flat files, hierarchical or other non-relational databases that are generally used with legacy software applications. Our software products are also scaleable, permitting changes in network size, server platforms and other architectural components with minimal disruption. Further, our software products are available across major RDBMS software and server hardware platforms. We believe

1


 

that the intuitive design of our software products reduces end-user training requirements and allows end-users and decision makers increased access to critical data not always readily available to them with legacy systems.

  PeopleSoft’s Pure Internet ArchitectureTM

      PeopleSoft 8 software products rely on an application server to process all application logic, as well as the generation of the hyper text markup language, or HTML, that is used by the web browser to render the user interface. Data management functions are carried out by the database server. Additionally, integration with market leading lightweight directory access protocol, or LDAP, provides common user definitions and security between various PeopleSoft applications and other LDAP-compliant applications (e.g., email). Further integration capabilities are provided through the use of extensible markup language, or XML, messaging over hyper text transfer protocol, or HTTP, as well as open application programming interfaces, or APIs, accessible via COM, Java and C/ C++. Collectively, the PeopleSoft 8 architecture is referred to as the PeopleSoft’s Pure Internet Architecture.

      PeopleSoft’s Pure Internet Architecture will gain the additional capability of applications running in a mobile or disconnected mode with the release of PeopleTools® 8.4(1) End-users of PeopleSoft applications, such as a sales representative or field service agent, will be able to run certain PeopleSoft applications on a laptop or PDA device while disconnected from the network and synchronize their changes with the server when they re-connect to the network.

PeopleTools®

      Today’s users are demanding system applications that address specific business needs, facilitate the automation of workflow, are quickly adaptable to changing information requirements and provide for ease of access to information. Our products address these requirements with PeopleTools®, a set of integrated development and reporting tools including: (i) development tools for use by business process and system analysts to rapidly design and deploy custom modifications; (ii) administration tools for use by systems managers and support staff to improve the efficiency of implementing, operating and upgrading PeopleSoft applications; (iii) reporting and analysis tools for use by application users to easily access, summarize and analyze information; (iv) PeopleSoft Workflow for use by business process and system analysts and application users to automate business processes in a paperless environment; and (v) PeopleSoft enterprise application integration tools for use in communicating between applications built on PeopleTools and applications built with other tools. PeopleTools continues to be used to develop most of our application software products. Powerful features and functions that PeopleTools supports include effective date capabilities, extensive security at both a user and object level, and a tree editor for managing hierarchical relationships among data elements. PeopleTools is used to build and modify data tables, design and customize user interface pages, modify user navigation, define security privileges of individual users and operator access to system objects, define and build workflow based processes, process online transactions and facilitate data importation from other systems into PeopleSoft applications. PeopleTools simplifies system customization and implementation and can help reduce the time and cost of implementing the system. Upgrades to new releases are simplified with PeopleTools, which provides an automated comparison of the customer’s customized systems to base level systems, and helps define how to install new releases. In addition, PeopleTools is designed to provide customers with significant ongoing flexibility to modify their systems quickly and inexpensively, so that internal maintenance costs can be reduced.

Relational Database Management Systems

      By utilizing relational databases and designing the system from the ground up, we have been able to develop integrated software products with fully normalized data structures. A fully integrated system provides convenient access to shared data such as department tables, tax rates and organization charts, without requiring users to maintain this information redundantly. Collecting and capturing information only once ensures that all data is consistent, readily available and easier to maintain. Through adherence to ANSI Structured Query Language, or SQL, the industry standard data manipulation language for RDBMSs and other relational database standards, our software products are available in a range of environments. Our


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

2


 

software products can be licensed for use with RDBMSs from the following vendors: IBM, Microsoft, Oracle and Sybase. If the customer decides to switch to other PeopleSoft supported RDBMS or hardware platforms, user disruption is usually minimized because only the “back-end” database changes, while the “front-end” application remains the same. We review the current status and customer demand for all platforms at the time of any major release of our software. Not all software products or release versions of our software products are currently available on all of the above platforms. In addition, such future or existing RDBMS products may or may not be architecturally compatible with our software product design(1).

Graphical User Interface

      PeopleSoft 8 products are designed to be accessed through the use of a web browser, which is responsible for rendering the graphical user interface. The web browser interface leverages the user’s existing knowledge and helps to minimize training costs. Desktop integration with other common applications such as Microsoft Excel is achieved through the use of standard internet protocols. Web-based reporting is also a feature of PeopleSoft 8, allowing the user to execute reports on a server and view the output directly in the web browser.

Application Security Architecture

      Our application software products incorporate extensive security features designed to protect certain sensitive data managed by these applications from unauthorized retrieval or modification. We have developed a security architecture utilizing the capabilities of our own applications, the operating system software, some of the security features contained in the RDBMS platforms on which the applications run, as well as certain third-party security products such as LDAP directory servers.

Application Software Products

      Statement of Possible Future Direction: This document contains statements of possible future direction concerning potential functionality for our software products and technology. Functionality and software products will be available for license and shipment from PeopleSoft only if and when generally commercially available. The statements of possible future direction are for informational purposes only and we make no express or implied commitments or representations concerning the timing and content of any future functionality or releases.

      Our software products are generally licensed to end-user customers under non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual license agreements. In most cases, we license our software products solely for the customer’s internal operations. License fees for our software products are a function of the particular combination of PeopleSoft software products chosen and the number of employees for Human Resources Management software products, the number of enrolled students for Student Administration Solutions software products and revenues of the licensing entity for Financials, Supply Chain Management and for Customer Relationship Management products and third-party workstation based software tools.

      Below is a brief description of certain of our software products commercially available as of December 31, 2001:

PeopleSoft Customer Relationship Management

      PeopleSoft Customer Relationship Management (CRM) is a suite of customer relationship management products that help companies to sell, support, analyze and service customers through many channels of interaction including the internet, telephone call center, facsimile, email, or directly through sales and service representatives. PeopleSoft Customer Relationship Management software allows a customer to consolidate data from different applications, including legacy and back-office applications, helping companies to obtain a complete view of the customer and more effectively meet the customer’s needs. PeopleSoft Customer Relationship Management can be used as separate modules or with other PeopleSoft products as an integrated enterprise suite.


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

3


 

PeopleSoft Financials

      PeopleSoft Financials helps capture and administer financial data quickly and accurately — across the enterprise. Consistent with an organization’s practices and policies, PeopleSoft Financials assists in fulfilling both internal and external reporting requirements and regulatory compliance worldwide and provides internal controls. PeopleSoft Financials applications are designed to support various integrated business processes such as financial reporting, budgeting, employee expense management and asset lifecycles, but can also operate as stand-alone modules.

PeopleSoft Enterprise Service Automation

      PeopleSoft Enterprise Service Automation is designed to enable companies to optimize the procurement and staffing of external resources in the organization. In addition, with our project management capability we can assist internal project management in the areas of resource matching, portfolio management and project cost analysis. By combining all project data into a single repository, users gain easy access to critical information. PeopleSoft project management helps identify and capture all project costs, from initial estimates through actuals; manage all resources associated with each job — even in multiple sites, countries and languages; track materials, labor and overhead; calculate financial indicators related to billing, sales, earnings, interest, performance and completed projects; and view up-to-the-minute project status and quickly respond to issues.

PeopleSoft Human Resources Management System

      PeopleSoft Human Resources Management System (HRMS) helps organizations to effectively manage their most important asset: people. Our modular, global solution enables organizations to manage positions and compensation; recruit, hire and train employees; promote, allocate and retire personnel; and comply with local and international regulatory requirements.

PeopleSoft Supply Chain Management

      PeopleSoft Supply Chain Management (SCM) helps organizations in three main categories:

      Supplier Relationship Management — We have a full suite of applications to help our customers work collaboratively with their suppliers of goods and services. eProcurement, Collaborative Supply Management and Inventory are just a few of the applications we offer in this category.

      Customer Fulfillment Management — Closely linked to our customer relationship management applications, this set of applications manages the customer fulfillment business processes. PeopleSoft Customer Fulfillment Management helps users place accurate orders, provide reliable promise dates and create flexible product configurations. This application set enables users to capture, maintain and share product and distribution information across the enterprise; define and verify make-to-order or assemble-to-order requirements; enter configured sales orders and quotes on a laptop, in front of customers; determine the available material and capacity in the supply chain; and prepare, calculate and submit accurate invoices.

      Supply Chain Planning — PeopleSoft Supply Chain Planning helps meet customer demand for on-time and accurate delivery of products, on a global basis. With PeopleSoft Supply Chain Planning users can forecast demand based on order history, economic indicators and input from employees, suppliers and customers; determine when and where to produce and distribute finished products, based on the availability of raw materials, aggregate capacity and finished goods; establish reliable promise dates for customer orders, share real-time planning information with suppliers and customers, reduce inventory and improve throughput of goods.

PeopleSoft Enterprise Performance Management

      PeopleSoft Enterprise Performance Management enables companies to better analyze what influences results and business processes. Enterprise Performance Management capabilities include: PeopleSoft Global Consolidations, which includes a data warehouse optimized for analytic applications, robust analytic applications specific to different enterprises and industries; and PeopleSoft Balanced Scorecard, which measures performance for the entire organization and role-specific performance workbenches. PeopleSoft Enterprise Performance Management applications are available for Customer Relationship Management,

4


 

Human Resources Management, Financials and Supply Chain Management product lines. In 2002, PeopleSoft Enterprise Performance Management will be an integrated part of PeopleSoft’s CRM, HRMS, Financials and SCM software applications(1).

PeopleSoft Student Administration Solutions

      PeopleSoft Student Administration Solutions offers a suite of integrated applications that automates and improves administrative processes while reducing overhead costs. It addresses critical aspects of student administration, from recruitment and admissions to fund-raising and grant writing.

Services

      We believe that a high level of customer service is required to be successful in the enterprise software marketplace. We also believe that the opportunity exists to differentiate ourselves from competitors by delivering superior service that meets the demanding service requirements of this market segment. Our service revenue consists primarily of software maintenance and support fees, consulting fees, customer training fees and other miscellaneous fees.

Maintenance and Support

      At the time a customer licenses our software, the customer is offered maintenance, which can be renewed on an annual basis. We offer four tiers of maintenance based upon the customer’s business requirements – these are Accelerated, Standard, Premium and Platinum Customer Support. As part of maintenance, the customer is entitled to receive software product enhancements, tax and regulatory updates and upgrades released during the period that the customer subscribes to maintenance, access to account services, web-based self-service and 24-hour product and technical hot-line support. PeopleSoft account services include our Account Executive organization, Customer Care Center telephone hotline and Customer Launch program. PeopleSoft web-based self-services include Customer Connection, Advisor web-casts, Plugged-In electronic newsletters and our customer user groups, User Conference and Special Interest Groups. PeopleSoft product and technical hotline support provides 24x7 support including phone, email and web based support. We operate customer support centers in North America, Europe and the Asia/ Pacific region.

        Customer Care Center — The Customer Care Center is a pool of customer service resources that are available via 1-800 number access. All our maintenance customers have access to the Customer Care Center personnel resources. These service professionals are focused on resolving customer issues. The Customer Care Center is also responsible for customer software orders, maintaining customer contracts and the maintenance of customer service systems.
 
        Customer Connection — Customer Connection is a secure customer extranet providing our maintenance customers immediate access to self-service product and technical support, new product information, technical information, documentation, consulting services, news stories, education and training services, and maintenance and support services.
 
        PeopleSoft Advisor — PeopleSoft Advisor web-casts and seminars provide our maintenance customers with direct access to the latest information on PeopleSoft technology, products and business solutions. Customers can see a live product or solution demonstration, ask questions of PeopleSoft experts, or learn about new consulting, training, or support solutions.
 
        Plugged-In — PeopleSoft Plugged-In is our family of email newsletters published expressly for our maintenance customers. They deliver vital news as well as product updates and fixes straight to the customer’s email inbox.
 
        User Groups — PeopleSoft User Groups help our customers to obtain key information on PeopleSoft products and technology while networking with PeopleSoft experts and other PeopleSoft customers.


(1)  Forward-Looking Statement

5


 

Consulting Services

      We offer a variety of consulting services to our customers and third-party consulting firms focused on implementation and utilization of PeopleSoft applications. Those consulting services include technical and functional implementation, optimization and upgrade assistance, project planning, on-line analytic processing deployment and minor software product modifications. We have several technology labs, which currently concentrate on upgrading customers from one PeopleSoft release to the next. We frequently work closely with third-party consulting and systems integration firms such as Accenture, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young, CSC, EDS, IBM Global Services, Deloitte Consulting, KPMG Consulting, Inc. and PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, to provide customers with a full range of re-engineering, customization and project management services.

Customer Education and Training

      We offer comprehensive education for key groups in our customer base with the goal of improving each customer’s success with our software products. Training is also available for third-party consultants and to the public. Products and services include project team training classes, end-user training classes, the end-user training kit and course development and delivery services.

PeopleSoft eCenter

      PeopleSoft eCenter is the industry leading solution for deploying, hosting and managing PeopleSoft pure internet enterprise applications. eCenter provides customers of all sizes — emerging, mid-market and large – with a choice for their enterprise application management needs, offering an end-to-end, scalable, secure and affordable hosting solution. eCenter’s customer base consists of mid-sized and well-known Fortune 50, 100 and 1000 companies. We recently announced a partnership with Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”) which will extend eCenter services to global customers. We chose HP for its established global infrastructure and reputation for commitment to customer service. Customers of PeopleSoft eCenter can now benefit from a range of HP services, which will increase the value and competitive advantage of our offering.

Sales

      We market and sell our software products in most major world markets almost exclusively through a direct sales and marketing organization. The domestic direct sales organization is based in over 25 field sales offices located in major metropolitan areas throughout the United States. International sales activities are operated out of our offices located near major concentrations of users in Europe, Asia/ Pacific and other parts of the world.

      To augment our direct sales channel, we have:

  (i)  alliance agreements with market leading technology consulting and systems integration companies, such as an agreement with Accenture to address the PeopleSoft Human Resource Management and PeopleSoft Financials requirements of federal, state and local government agencies, and an agreement with Cap Gemini Ernst & Young to address PeopleSoft healthcare industry applications;

  (ii)  relationships with global consulting and system integration firms such as Accenture, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young, CSC, EDS, IBM Global Services, Deloitte Consulting, KPMG Consulting, Inc. and PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP; and

  (iii)  agreements with other third-party distributors, system integrators and outsourcing vendors complementing the direct sales force and in various remote countries where we do not have a direct sales force.

Marketing

      In support of our sales efforts, we conduct comprehensive marketing programs, which include telemarketing, direct mail, public relations, advertising, seminars, trade shows and ongoing customer communication programs. The multi-step sales cycle includes the generation of a sales lead, or the receipt of a request for proposal from a prospective customer, qualification of the lead, analysis of the customer’s needs, submission of a proposal, one or more presentations to the customer, customer internal sign-off activities and contract

6


 

negotiation and finalization. The sales cycle varies substantially from customer to customer; historically requiring three to twelve months to complete.

      Our customers and potential customers often rely on third-party system integrators to develop, deploy and manage eBusiness applications. Our marketing strategy includes building and maintaining strong working relationships with businesses we believe play an important role in the success of our software products. These include:

  (i)  RDBMS software vendors (such as Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation, IBM Corporation and Sybase Incorporated) which offer RDBMS products on which PeopleSoft software products run;

  (ii)  hardware vendors (such as Compaq Computer Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, IBM Corporation and Sun Microsystems, Inc.) which offer hardware platforms on which PeopleSoft software products run; and

  (iii)  technology consulting firms and systems integrators (such as Accenture, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young, CSC, EDS, IBM Global Services, Deloitte Consulting, KPMG Consulting, Inc. and PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP) some of which are active in the selection and implementation of large information systems for the information-intensive organizations that comprise our principal customer base.

      We believe that our marketing and sales efforts are enhanced by the worldwide presence of these companies. We have conducted several joint marketing and sales programs with these vendors and other technology and software partners, including seminars, direct mail campaigns and trade show appearances. However, these companies, most of which have significantly greater financial and marketing resources than we have, may start, or in some cases increase, the marketing of business application software in competition with us, or may otherwise discontinue their relationships with, or support of, PeopleSoft software products.(1)

Competition

      The market for application software continues to be intensely competitive. We compete with a variety of large enterprise application software vendors in markets including customer relationship management, human resource management, financial management and supply chain management. In addition to these competitors, we continue to see niche software vendors in various market segments such as enterprise portals, enterprise service automation and eProcurement.

      Our primary competitors in the enterprise application software market continue to be SAP and Oracle Corporation. Siebel Systems remains our primary competitor in the customer relationship management space. Each of these vendors is a formidable competitor as a result of the company size, customer base, global presence and brand recognition.

      We must continue to differentiate ourselves from the rest of the market by building on our architectural advantage, providing functionally superior products and best in class customer service, which ultimately will build on our industry leading customer satisfaction ratings.

      Furthermore, potential customers may consider outsourcing options, including data center outsourcing and service bureaus, as viable alternatives to licensing PeopleSoft software products. PeopleSoft eCenter is our service for deploying, hosting and managing PeopleSoft pure internet enterprise applications. PeopleSoft’s recently announced partnership with Hewlett-Packard Company will extend eCenter to international customers. PeopleSoft chose HP for its established global infrastructure and reputation for commitment to customer service. Customers of PeopleSoft eCenter can now benefit from a range of HP services, which will increase the value and competitive advantage of the PeopleSoft offering.

Software Product Development

      We have made substantial investments in research and software product development. We believe that timely development of new software products, enhancements to existing software products and the acquisition


(1)  Forward-Looking Statement

7


 

of rights to sell or incorporate complimentary technologies and products into our software product offerings is essential to maintain our competitive position in the market. The application software market is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products, changes in customer demands and rapidly evolving industry standards. We believe that software product development is most effectively and expeditiously accomplished by small teams comprised of relatively senior people who are focused on certain software product areas. Accordingly, our development organization is comprised of small, focused development groups assigned to each of the software products within the various software product areas, for example, customer relationship management, enterprise performance management, human resource management, financial management, supply chain management and PeopleTools. In addition, from time to time, we enter into development agreements with third parties.

      In 1998, we entered into a development agreement with Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (“Momentum”), pursuant to which we conduct product development on behalf of Momentum. On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. The price of the option, if exercised prior to February 15, 2002, is $90.0 million. The transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals. Refer to “Subsequent Events” under Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about Momentum.

      Our current focus in application development is to continue to deliver new products and solutions on our Pure internet architecture, PeopleSoft 8. We also expect to deliver enhanced functionality in our core products and to offer a number of new applications, mostly focused on customer relationship management, human resources management, financial management and supply chain management. In addition, we anticipate continuing to invest in expanded functionality across all of our software product offerings, including global product requirements and industry specific requirements.(1) There can be no assurance that such development efforts will result in viable products, features or functionality or that the products, features or functionality that are developed will be accepted by the market.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

      We regard certain aspects of our internal operations, products and documentation as proprietary, we primarily rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. We also rely on contractual restrictions in our agreements with customers, employees and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, there can be no assurances that these agreements will not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known.

      We currently hold U.S. patents on some of the technologies included in our products and we intend to continue to file patent applications in the future.(1) There can be no assurance that any patents will result from such applications or that, if issued, such patents will provide any meaningful competitive advantage. We believe that, because of the rapid pace of technological change in the computer software industry, factors such as the knowledge, ability and experience of our employees, frequent software product enhancements and the timeliness and quality of support services are key to our success. This success is also dependent, in part, upon our proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights.

      The source code for PeopleSoft software products is protected both as a trade secret and as a copyrighted work. There can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Many of our customers are beneficiaries of a source code escrow account arrangement to enable the customer to acquire a contingent future limited right to use our source code solely for the customer’s internal use. If our source code is accessed, the likelihood of misappropriation or other misuse of our intellectual property may increase. Furthermore, in certain foreign countries, effective copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or the laws of the other jurisdictions do not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Failure to obtain and/ or maintain appropriate patent,


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

8


 

copyright or trade secret protection either in the U.S. or in certain foreign countries, for any reason, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

      We believe that our products, trademarks or other proprietary rights do not infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future with respect to current or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly and time-consuming litigation.

Personnel

      As of December 31, 2001, we employed 8,436 people, including 3,732 in services, 1,621 in sales and marketing, 2,214 in research and development, and 869 in administration. Approximately 6,315 employees were located in the United States. None of our employees in the United States are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Certain of the international employees are covered by the customary employment contracts and agreements of the countries in which they are employed.

      Our executive officers are:

             
Name Age Position



Craig A. Conway
    47     President and Chief Executive Officer/ Director
Nanci Caldwell
    44     Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer
Guy Dubois
    47     Executive Vice President, International
Ram Gupta
    39     Executive Vice President, Products and Technology
Kevin T. Parker
    42     Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer
Phil Wilmington
    43     Executive Vice President, Americas
Anne S. Jordan
    50     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

      Mr. Craig Conway joined PeopleSoft in 1999 as President and Chief Operating Officer, and was promoted to Chief Executive Officer later that year. He oversees our business operations including sales, marketing, professional services, customer support, development, finance and administration. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Conway was President and Chief Executive Officer for OneTouch Systems, a leader in the field of interactive broadcast networks. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Conway served as President and Chief Executive Officer for TGV Software, Inc., an early developer of IP network protocols and applications for corporate intranets and the internet. Mr. Conway also spent eight years at Oracle Corporation as Executive Vice President in a variety of roles including marketing, sales and operations. Mr. Conway graduated from State University of New York with a degree in Computer Science and Mathematics.

      Ms. Nanci Caldwell joined PeopleSoft in 2001 as Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. In January 2002, Ms. Caldwell was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Prior to joining PeopleSoft, Ms. Caldwell worked for Hewlett-Packard Company from 1982 to 2001, where she held a number of senior management roles, including: Vice President of Marketing — HP Services, Vice President of North American Sales and Vice President of Worldwide Enterprise Marketing and Global Alliances. Ms. Caldwell earned a degree in Psychology from Canada’s Queen’s University and completed the University of Western Ontario’s Executive Marketing Management program.

      Mr. Guy Dubois joined PeopleSoft in 1999. Prior to being promoted to Executive Vice President, International in January 2000, Mr. Dubois served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, International of The Vantive Corporation. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Dubois was Vice President and General Manager of the Europe, Middle East, Africa operations of Sybase Corporation. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Dubois was Vice President of Southern Europe at Sybase. Prior to that, he was Deputy Managing Director of Digital Equipment Corporation France.

      Mr. Ram Gupta joined PeopleSoft in 2000 as Executive Vice President of Products and Technology. Prior to joining us, he was Senior Vice President and General Manager for HealtheonWebMD Corp., from 1997 to 2000. Before working at HealtheonWebMD Corp., Mr. Gupta was the director of the Multimedia Networking Group at Silicon Graphics, from 1994 to 1997. Before that he worked in various management roles at IBM and Philips. Gupta holds a master’s degree in computer science from the University of Massachusetts.

9


 

      Mr. Kevin Parker joined PeopleSoft in 2000 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In January 2002, Mr. Parker was promoted to Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining PeopleSoft Mr. Parker served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Aspect Communications Corp., a customer relationship management software company, from 1999 to 2000. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Parker was Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration at Fujitsu Computer Products of America. Previous posts include Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other financial management positions at Standard Microsystems, O’Neil Data Systems, Toshiba America Information Systems, CalComp and Price Waterhouse. Mr. Parker attended Clarkson University where he received a bachelor’s degree in Accounting.

      Mr. Phil Wilmington joined PeopleSoft in 1992. Before being promoted to his current role as Executive Vice President, Americas, Mr. Wilmington held various positions including President of the Services Division, Vice President of Emerging Markets, General Manager of the Financial Services business unit, and General Manager of the Midwest Region. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wilmington served as Executive Vice President of Field Operations at Trinet, Inc., and as Vice President of Sales and Operations at Tesseract Corp. Mr. Wilmington holds a bachelor’s degree in Marketing and Business Administration from Bradley University.

      Ms. Anne Jordan joined PeopleSoft in 1999 as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining PeopleSoft, Ms. Jordan was Vice President, Administration and General Counsel for Sega of America, Inc., from 1994 to 1999. Prior to 1994 she was a partner in Carr & Ferrell and held positions as Vice President and General Counsel for Worlds of Wonder, Inc., Assistant General Counsel for Dole Foods, Inc., and corporate counsel for Beatrice Companies, Inc. and Gould Inc. Ms. Jordan received a bachelor’s degree from Northwestern University and a J.D. from DePaul University.

 
Item 2.         Properties

Facilities

      We lease approximately 2,330,000 square feet of office space of which approximately 82% is in the U.S.

      The Company headquarters are located in Pleasanton, California and consist of approximately 1,150,000 square feet of office facilities used for development, technical support, sales, marketing, customer service and administration. Additional domestic facilities include offices located in Santa Clara, Davis, Irvine, Livermore, Sunnyvale and Encino, California; Chicago, Illinois; Washington, D.C.; Englewood, Colorado; Cincinnati and Columbus, Ohio; Tulsa, Oklahoma; Seattle, Washington; American Fork, Utah; Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Atlanta, Georgia; Teaneck, New Jersey; Bethesda, Maryland; Dallas and Austin, Texas; Boston, Massachusetts; Detroit, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Coral Gables, Florida; Manchester, New Hampshire; St. Louis, Missouri and Phoenix, Arizona, which are primarily used for sales, marketing and customer service activities. Leased facilities of significant size located abroad and used primarily for sales, marketing, customer support and administrative functions include facilities located in Toronto, Vancouver and Montreal, Canada; Reading, England; Madrid, Spain; Paris, France; Munich, Germany; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Zurich, Switzerland; Singapore; Sydney and Melbourne, Australia; Tokyo, Japan; Mexico City, Mexico; Sao Paulo, Brazil and Buenos Aires, Argentina.

      Our facilities are suitable for their respective uses and, in general, are adequate to support the current and anticipated volume of business. We believe that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our operations.

      The following information relates to our facilities in the U.S.:

      In December 1996, we entered into a five-year lease for a new office facility in Pleasanton, California. This lease is structured as an operating lease with rental payments due beginning upon the completion of the construction, which occurred during the fourth quarter of 1998. The cost for the construction of the facility totaled $70.0 million including interest during the construction period. The rental payments equal the amount of interest under the agreement. The interest rate charged on amounts funded prior to the commencement of the lease payments was LIBOR plus 0.625% as measured on the date of each funding rollover. We began accruing interest concurrent with the lessor’s first drawdown of the construction commitment in January 1997. Throughout the construction period, the accrued interest amount, which was approximately $4.5 million as of the end of the construction phase, was added to the construction cost. In 1998, we negotiated an amendment

10


 

to this lease that extended the term of the lease until February 2003, with an option to renew for an additional three years, subject to certain conditions, or purchase the building for $70.0 million. If at the end of the lease term we do not purchase the property, we would guarantee a residual value to the lessor equal to 85% of the lessor’s cost of the facility. Under this lease, we are required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, are prohibited from making certain payments, including cash dividends, and are subject to various other restrictions. As of December 31, 2001 we were in compliance with all covenants.

      In 1998, we purchased two parcels of land in Pleasanton, California for $50.0 million and entered into a five-year lease agreement for facilities to be constructed on one of the parcels. The lease was structured as an operating lease with rental payments due beginning upon completion of the construction, which occurred during the first quarter of 2000. The cost for the construction of the facility totaled $105.0 million including interest costs during the construction period, which were added to the balance rather than paid. The interest rate on the obligation is a LIBOR based floating rate, which resets on a 1, 2, 3, or 6-month interval at our election. The rental payments equal the amount of interest under the agreement. We have an option to renew the lease for an additional five years, subject to certain conditions, or purchase the building for $105.0 million. If at the end of the lease term we do not purchase the property, we would guarantee a residual value to the lessor equal to 85% of the lessor’s cost of the facility. Under this lease, we are required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, are prohibited from making certain payments, including cash dividends, and are subject to various other restrictions. As of December 31, 2001 we were in compliance with all covenants.

      In 1998, we entered into agreements to sell one of our Pleasanton, California office buildings and related land, and to simultaneously lease back a substantial portion of the office space contained therein. The lease term is for 10 years. We have options to terminate up to 50% of the space at anytime following the initial four years of the lease term and the remaining 50% at any time following the fifth year of the term; or alternatively, we may extend the term of the lease in five-year increments up to 20 years. In September 2001, we exercised our option to terminate 50% of the space and will determine in 2002 if the remaining lease for 50% will be terminated or extended. Termination fees of $4.3 million are being accrued over the initial term of the agreement. The sales price of approximately $50.0 million resulted in a financial statement gain of approximately $24.4 million, which is being amortized over the lease period. We hold a right of first refusal to additional space within the site as other tenants’ leases expire.

      In 2002, we will begin construction of a 180,000 square foot office building on 20 acres of land we own in Pleasanton, California. We anticipate that the building will cost approximately $45.0 million and will be completed in the third quarter of 2003(1).

 
Item 3.         Legal Proceedings

PeopleSoft Securities Class Action Litigation

      Beginning on January 29, 1999, a series of class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of its officers and directors, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The actions were consolidated in June 1999 under the name of the lead case Suttovia v. Duffield, et al., C 99-0472, and a consolidated amended complaint was filed on December 6, 1999 naming the Company and David Duffield, Albert Duffield, Ronald Codd, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Aneel Bhusri, James Bozzini and George Still as defendants.

      The Consolidated Complaint purported to bring claims on behalf of all purchasers of PeopleSoft common stock during the period April 22, 1997 to January 28, 1999. The Consolidated Complaint alleged that PeopleSoft misrepresented, inter alia, the degree of market acceptance of its products, the technical capabilities of its products, the success of certain acquisitions it had made, and the anticipated financial performance of the Company in fiscal 1999. The Consolidated Complaint abandoned all of the allegations in the original complaints concerning alleged accounting improprieties, including claims of improper accounting related to the Company’s write-downs for “in-process research and development” in connection with various acquisitions, and improper accounting related to the Company’s spin-off of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (Momentum had been a named defendant in the original actions, but was eliminated as a defendant when the Consolidated Complaint was filed).


 (1) Forward-Looking Statement

11


 

      On February 10, 2000, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Consolidated Complaint, on which the Court entered an order a) dismissing all claims against defendants Albert Duffield, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Aneel Bhusri, James Bozzini, and George Still, without leave to amend; b) dismissing all claims relating to the time period prior to May 27, 1998; c) denying the motion to dismiss as to various forward-looking statements allegedly made by the Company between May 27, 1998 and January 28, 1999; and d) limiting the class period for which claims may be asserted to the same time period. A First Amended Complaint was filed on June 12, 2000. The Court had set a case management schedule pursuant to which the Company would be required to provide discovery to plaintiffs prior to May 11, 2001.

      On February 16, 2001, PeopleSoft agreed to a settlement of the litigation, which resulted in the dismissal of all claims against the defendants in exchange for a payment of $15.0 million, all of which was funded by the Company’s Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. Final settlement approval was received in June 2001, and the final payment into the settlement fund occurred during the fourth quarter of 2001.

Shareholder Derivative Litigation

      On June 30, 2000, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the California Superior Court, County of Alameda, entitled Marble v. Duffield, et al., naming as defendants David Duffield, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Albert Duffield, Ronald Codd, Cyril Yansouni, Aneel Bhusri, George Still, James Bozzini and George Battle. The action alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and engaged in alleged acts of insider trading when they sold stock while failing to disclose material adverse information allegedly in their possession. The suit seeks unspecified damages, treble damages and attorneys fees. The action was based on many of the same allegations that are the subject of the securities class action litigation pending in federal district court, including many allegations that were dismissed in the federal action.

      On February 16, 2001, the defendants in the derivative suit agreed to a settlement, pursuant to which certain limited corporate therapeutics was offered, and in exchange for which all claims were dismissed with prejudice. The attorney’s fees for plaintiffs’ counsel were paid out of the $15.0 million settlement fund (detailed above in “PeopleSoft Securities Class Action Litigation”) in 2001.

Vantive Securities Class Actions

      Beginning on July 6, 1999, a series of securities class action lawsuits was filed alleging that Vantive and certain current and former directors and officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. Plaintiffs filed a First Consolidated Amended Complaint on November 15, 1999. The First Consolidated Amended Complaint added to the previous complaints, among other things, allegations of accounting improprieties. The Company’s motions to strike and to dismiss the First Consolidated Amended Complaint with prejudice were granted on March 21, 2000. On June 19, 2000, plaintiffs filed an appeal from the district court’s ruling in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal. On March 15, 2002, the appellate court affirmed the district court’s dismissal. The plaintiffs have ninety (90) days following the entry of that order to petition for review by the U.S. Supreme Court.

Wrongful Termination Litigation

      On November 5, 1996, a case was filed in the California Superior Court for the County of Alameda (Yarborough v. PeopleSoft, Inc., Case No. 775405-2) by a former employee of the Company whose employment was terminated in November 1995. The complaint alleged causes of action for wrongful discharge, retaliation, age discrimination and harassment. The Company filed a cross complaint based upon plaintiff’s violation of Penal Code section 632 and the wrongful taking of proprietary information from the Company. The Company’s cross-complaint was severed for separate trial, and the trial on the complaint was bifurcated on the issues of liability and damages. On September 18, 2001, following a jury trial on the complaint only, the Court entered judgment on a verdict in favor of the plaintiff in the amount of $5.4 million. After judgment was entered on the complaint, the cross-complaint was settled. The terms of the settlement vary according to the resolution of the matter after all appellate and further trial proceedings are exhausted or expired. If, after all appeals and further proceedings are exhausted, a judgment remains against the Company for any amount of punitive damages, the judgment is to be reduced by forty thousand dollars ($40,000). If, after all appeals and further proceedings are exhausted, no judgment remains against the Company for any amount of punitive damages but a judgment remains for other damages, the judgment is to be reduced by

12


 

fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000), or if no judgment remains against the Company, the plaintiff will pay the Company fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). PeopleSoft is considering whether to appeal the judgment. In addition to the judgment already entered, the plaintiff has filed a motion seeking $8.1 million in attorney’s fees. That motion, set to be heard on March 25, 2002, will be vigorously opposed by PeopleSoft.

Other Matters

      The Company is party to various legal disputes and proceedings arising from the ordinary course of general business activities. In the opinion of management, resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse affect on the financial position, results of the operations and cash flows of the Company. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2001.

13


 

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

  (a)  Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol PSFT. The following table lists the high and low closing prices for the PeopleSoft Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq for the last two years.

                 
High Low


Fourth quarter of 2001
  $ 42.55     $ 17.67  
Third quarter of 2001
  $ 47.76     $ 17.96  
Second quarter of 2001
  $ 49.23     $ 21.56  
First quarter of 2001
  $ 52.88     $ 19.00  
Fourth quarter of 2000
  $ 49.69     $ 27.75  
Third quarter of 2000
  $ 35.75     $ 15.88  
Second quarter of 2000
  $ 19.94     $ 12.19  
First quarter of 2000.
  $ 26.50     $ 18.06  

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future(1). In addition, our facility lease prohibits the payment of cash dividends without the lessor’s consent.

      (b) As of March 18, 2002, the approximate number of stockholders of record was 2,443.

Other information

      Certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could delay the removal of incumbent directors and could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company more difficult, even if such events would be beneficial to the interests of the stockholders. In addition, we have 2,000,000 shares of authorized Preferred Stock. We may issue shares of such Preferred Stock in the future without further stockholder approval and upon such terms and conditions, and having such rights, privileges and preferences, as the Board of Directors may determine. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. In addition, the staggered terms of our Board of Directors could have the effect of delaying or deferring a change in control.

      Under a stockholder rights plan adopted in 1995, each share of our common stock carries the right, under certain circumstances, to purchase equity securities of PeopleSoft or an acquirer. Ten days after a tender offer or acquisition of 20% or more of our common stock, each right may be exercised for $190 to purchase one one-thousandth of one share of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock. Each one one-thousandth of each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock will generally be afforded economic rights similar to one share of common stock. In addition after such rights are triggered, each right entitles the holder to purchase common stock with a fair value of twice the exercise price or, in certain circumstances, securities of the acquiring company for the exercise price. Each right expires in February 2005, and, during specified periods, we may redeem or exchange each right for $0.01 or one share of common stock, respectively.


(1)  Forward-Looking Statement

14


 

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

                                             
Years Ended December 31(a)(c),

2001 2000 1999 1998 1997





(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
                                       
 
License fees
  $ 645,421     $ 496,115     $ 339,676     $ 664,277     $ 509,666  
 
Services
    1,325,119       1,118,079       1,061,838       810,491       422,488  
 
Development and other services
    102,713       122,279       27,632              
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
  $ 2,073,253     $ 1,736,473     $ 1,429,146     $ 1,474,768     $ 932,154  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ 251,972     $ 71,232     $ (238,573 )   $ 221,064     $ 166,221  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 191,554     $ 145,691     $ (177,765 )   $ 139,938     $ 101,305  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share(b)
  $ 0.59     $ 0.48     $ (0.67 )   $ 0.50     $ 0.37  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Shares used in diluted per share computation(b)
    323,625       302,916       263,914       281,059       270,204  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 2,548,005     $ 1,985,150     $ 1,683,809     $ 1,623,525     $ 1,060,960  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Long-term obligations
  $ 17,659     $ 82,623     $ 69,078     $ 69,299     $ 69,362  
     
     
     
     
     
 

NOTES:

(a)  Historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future results. Refer to “Factors That May Affect Our Future Results or The Market Price of Our Stock” under Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for discussion of factors that may impact future results.
 
(b)  All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock split of our common stock in December 1997. All prior period amounts have been restated to reflect the merger with The Vantive Corporation in December 1999, which was accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting.
 
(c)  No cash dividends have been declared or paid in any period presented.

15


 

 
Item 7.         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

      This Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains descriptions of our expectations regarding future trends affecting our business. These forward-looking statements and other forward-looking statements made elsewhere in this document are made in reliance upon safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Future results are subject to risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results and performance to differ significantly from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of factors that could affect future results, see “Factors That May Affect Future Results or The Market Price of Our Stock.” Forward-looking statements contained throughout this Report include but are not limited to those identified with a footnote (1) symbol. We undertake no obligation to update the information contained in this Item 7.

      As more fully described in the “Merger” section below, we merged with Vantive on December 31, 1999. The consolidated financial statements for 1999 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared using the pooling of interest method of accounting and therefore reflect the combined financial position, operating results and cash flows of PeopleSoft and Vantive as if they had been combined for that year. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations that follows is also based on the assumption that PeopleSoft and Vantive were combined for 1999.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following table indicates the percentage of total revenues and the percentage of period over period growth represented by certain line items in our consolidated statements of operations:

                                             
Years Ended December 31,

Percentage of
Dollar Increase Percentage of
Year Over Year Total Revenues


01/00 00/99 2001 2000 1999





Revenues:
                                       
 
License fees
    30 %     46 %     31 %     29 %     24 %
 
Services
    19       5       64       64       74  
 
Development and other services
    (16 )     343       5       7       2  
                     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    19 %     22 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Costs and expenses:
                                       
 
Cost of license fees
    58 %     (9 )%     3 %     2 %     3 %
 
Cost of services
    15       7       34       35       39  
 
Cost of development and other services
    (16 )     343       4       6       2  
 
Sales and marketing expense
    15       14       25       26       27  
 
Product development expense
    (7 )     8       14       19       21  
 
General and administrative expense
    44       11       8       6       7  
 
Product exit charges
    (100 )     244       n/a       2       n/a  
 
Restructuring, merger and other charges
    (100 )     (106 )                 5  
 
Contribution to Momentum Business Applications
    n/a       (100 )     n/a       n/a       12  
                     
     
     
 
   
Total costs and expenses
    9 %     %     88 %     96 %     116 %
                     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
    254 %     130 %     12 %     4 %     (16 )%
                     
     
     
 

      Net income increased $45.9 million or 32% to $191.6 million during 2001 as compared to $145.7 million during 2000 and increased in 2000 from a $177.8 million loss in 1999. Diluted income per share increased to $0.59 during 2001 compared to $0.48 during 2000 and a diluted loss per share of $0.67 in 1999.

      The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001, included the following items (after tax): (i) $4.9 million favorable adjustment to reduce existing restructuring reserves to reflect current estimates; (ii) $1.2 million charge for in-process research and development related to the acquisition of SkillsVillage,

16


 

Inc. and; (iii) $1.9 million charge for in-process research and development related to the acquisition of assets which was otherwise insignificant to the Company.

      The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000 included the following items (after tax): (i) $79.7 million gains from the sale of equity securities; (ii) $28.6 million charge related to product exit charges; and (iii) $2.8 million favorable adjustment to reduce existing restructuring reserves.

      The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1999 included the following items (after tax): (i) $176.4 million charge related to the spin-off of Momentum; (ii) $2.7 million charge for restructuring; (iii) $49.4 million charge related to the merger with Vantive, product exit charges and write off of certain assets; and (iv) $29.7 million gain from the sale of equity securities.

      Excluding the above items, income increased $98.0 million or 107% to $189.8 million in 2001 as compared to $91.8 million in 2000 and increased 337% in 2000 from $21.0 in 1999.

Revenues

      We license software under non-cancelable license agreements and provide services including consulting, training, development and maintenance, consisting of product support services and periodic updates.

      Revenue from license fees increased by 30% to $645.4 million in 2001 from $496.1 million in 2000 and increased by 46% in 2000 from $339.7 million in 1999. The increase in revenues from license fees resulted primarily from increased licensing activity following the general availability of PeopleSoft 8 applications in 2000. We began shipping our first pure internet application suite, PeopleSoft 8, in September 2000 and began shipping PeopleSoft 8 CRM in June 2001. Due to the global economic slowdown and uncertain recovery, we expect that license revenue growth rate for the year 2002 may be less than in 2001(1).

      Revenue from services increased by 19% to $1,325.1 million in 2001 from $1,118.1 million in 2000 and increased by 5% in 2000 from $1,061.8 million in 1999. The increase in services revenue is primarily attributable to the growth of our installed customer base. The increase in revenue from services in 2001 can be allocated to increases in revenue from maintenance in the amount of $95.3 million, revenue from consulting in the amount of $101.0 million and revenue from training of $10.7 million. The increase in revenue from services in 2000 was primarily attributable to increases in revenue from maintenance in the amount of $75.1 million and consulting in the amount of $4.4 million, which were partially offset by a decrease in training revenue of $23.3 million. The decrease in training revenues during 2000 is partially attributable to the decline in licensing activity during 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, revenue from services was 64% in 2001 and 2000 and 74% in 1999. The decrease in service revenue as a percentage of total revenues during 2001 and 2000 reflects primarily the change in revenue mix during those years resulting from the increase in revenue from license fees and the increase in revenue from development and other services. Reductions or slowdowns in our license contracting activity during a given quarter may adversely impact our future consulting, training and maintenance service revenues since these revenues typically follow license contracting activity. Our ability to maintain or increase service revenue in the future primarily depends on our ability to increase our installed customer base and resubscribe existing customers to maintenance agreements. With the general availability of PeopleSoft 8 (including PeopleSoft 8 CRM which was released in June 2001), we expect that demand from our installed base and new customers for consulting, maintenance and training services will continue to increase over the next several quarters.(1)

      Revenue from development and other services decreased to $102.7 million in 2001 from $122.3 million in 2000 and increased in 2000 from $27.6 million in 1999. Pursuant to the terms of the development agreement with Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (“Momentum”), we perform development services on behalf of Momentum; Momentum pays one hundred ten percent (110%) of our fully burdened costs relating to the research and development we provide to them. Cost of development and other services decreased to $93.1 in 2001 from $111.1 million in 2000 and increased in 2000 from $25.1 million in 1999. As of December 31, 2001, most of the initial development projects undertaken by Momentum were completed.


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

17


 

      On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. The price of the option, if exercised prior to February 15, 2002, is $90.0 million. Refer to “Subsequent Events” under Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about Momentum. The transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals(1). Thereafter, we do not anticipate any revenue from development services and any associated cost of development services from Momentum. Revenues earned by providing development services to Momentum comprised 5% of our total revenues of $2.1 billion for 2001.

Revenues by Segment

      At December 31, 2001, we were organized by geographic areas, in two operating segments: North America, which includes operations in the U.S. and Canada, and International, which includes operations in all other regions (in thousands).

                             
Revenues From External Customers 2001 2000 1999




North America
  $ 1,583,059     $ 1,350,859     $ 1,142,132  
 
International
    490,194       385,614       287,014  
     
     
     
 
   
Consolidated
  $ 2,073,253     $ 1,736,473     $ 1,429,146  
     
     
     
 

      Total revenues from the North America segment increased by 17% to $1,583.1 million in 2001 from $1,350.9 million in 2000 and increased by 18% in 2000 from $1,142.1 million in 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, revenues from the North America segment were 76% in 2001, 78% in 2000 and 80% in 1999. The dollar increase in the revenues from the North America segment is primarily attributable to the sales of additional PeopleSoft applications to our existing installed base and revenues related to new customers sales.

      Total revenues from the International segment increased by 27% to $490.2 million in 2001 from $385.6 million in 2000 and increased 34% in 2000 from $287.0 million in 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, revenues from the International segment were 24% in 2001, 22% in 2000 and 20% in 1999. The dollar increase in revenues from the International segment resulted primarily from increased sales attributable to increased globalization of our applications and increased focus on our international operations. Revenues from the Europe-Middle-East-Africa region represented 14% of total revenues in 2001 and 13% of total revenues in 2000 and 1999. No other international region had revenues equal to or greater than 10% of total revenues in 2001, 2000 or 1999.

      Revenues attributable to the U.S. were $1,496.0 million in 2001, $1,278.3 million in 2000 and $1,098.5 million in 1999. Revenues originated in each individual foreign country were less than 5% of total revenues during 2001, 2000 and 1999.

Costs and Expenses

      Our products are based on a combination of internally developed technology and application products, as well as bundled third-party products and technology. Cost of license fees consists principally of royalties, product warranty costs, technology access fees for certain third-party software products and amortization of capitalized software costs. Cost of license fees increased to $61.3 million in 2001 from $38.9 million in 2000 and decreased in 2000 from $42.6 million in 1999. The dollar increase in the cost of license fees in 2001 is primarily attributable to an increase of $11.7 million in royalties resulting from increased license fee revenue and an increase of $10.2 million in product and service warranty costs. The dollar decrease during 2000 was primarily due to a decrease in capitalized software amortization expense in the amount of $5.4 million, due in part to the write-off of the products acquired in the Intrepid and TriMark acquisitions, partially offset by increased royalty expense resulting from the increase in licensing activity during the year. As a percentage of


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

18


 

revenue from license fees, cost of license fees was 10% in 2001, 8% in 2000 and 13% in 1999. Cost of license fees as a percentage of license fee revenues will likely fluctuate from period to period due principally to the mix of sales of royalty-bearing software products in each period and fluctuations in revenues and given certain fixed expenses such as the amortization of capitalized software. On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. Refer to “Subsequent Events” under Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about Momentum. This transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals. We anticipate that a substantial majority of the exercise price will be allocated to capitalized software, which we expect to amortize over a period of three to five years as cost of license fees. Therefore, the cost of license fees may increase during 2002(1).

      Cost of services consists primarily of employee-related costs and the related infrastructure costs incurred to provide installation and consulting services, post-installation support and training. Cost of services amounted to $698.3 million in 2001, $606.3 million in 2000 and $564.4 million in 1999, representing 53%, 54% and 53% of services revenue in those years. The dollar increase in cost of services during 2001 is primarily the result of an increase in the average headcount over the prior year required to support the growth in the installed customer base. The dollar increase in cost of services during 2000 is primarily the result of increased average headcount in the services organization during the second half of 2000 in anticipation of increased demand for consulting and installation services related to the general availability of PeopleSoft 8 in the second half of 2000. We expect that demand from our installed base and new customers for installation, consulting, support and training services will continue to increase over the next several quarters. Consequently, cost of services may increase in dollar amount, and may increase as a percentage of total revenues in future periods(1).

      Sales and marketing expenses totaled $513.9 million in 2001, $448.0 million in 2000 and $391.6 million in 1999, representing 25%, 26% and 27% of total revenues in those years. The increase during 2001 is primarily attributable to costs associated with the growth in the sales force and increased marketing campaigns. The increase during 2000 is primarily due to an increase in sales commissions of $45.0 million mainly resulting from the increase in licensing activity and an increase in marketing and advertising expenses of $44.9 million, both of which were partially offset by a decrease in salaries and other compensation costs of $11.4 million, a decrease in facilities expenses of $9.7 million, a decrease in travel and entertainment expenses of $7.9 million, and a decrease in depreciation expenses of $3.0 million. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues have declined over each of the three years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 due to increases in total revenues. Sales and marketing expenses may increase in dollar amount and as a percentage of total revenues in future periods as we increase our sales force and marketing and advertising expenses in support of PeopleSoft 8 to improve our competitive positioning in the marketplace and to promote brand awareness and global recognition of our products(1).

      Product development expenses consist of costs related to our staff of software developers and outside consultants, and the associated infrastructure costs required to support software product development initiatives. Product development expenses were $299.0 million in 2001, $320.5 million in 2000 and $297.2 million in 1999, representing 14%, 19% and 21% of total revenues in those years. Product development costs capitalized were $4.2 million in 2000 and $1.5 million in 1999. No product development costs were capitalized in 2001, other than product development costs acquired through business combinations or purchased from third parties. The dollar decrease in product development expenses in 2001 is primarily attributable to fewer outside contractors being required for development initiatives. The dollar increase in product development expenses in 2000 is primarily the result of our completion of PeopleSoft 8, our first pure HTML internet offering, which includes internet technologies, such as XML, publish-subscribe and business interlinks. Our current focus in application development is to extend our software offerings by delivering enhanced functionality and develop a number of new applications in our best of breed, integrated application suites: Human Resources, Financials, Customer Relationship Management and Supply Chain Management(1). As part of this investment we anticipate investing in additional global product requirements and industry specific


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

19


 

requirements(1). However, we cannot give assurance that such development efforts will result in products, features or functionality or that the market will accept the software products, features or functionality developed. On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. Refer to “Subsequent Events” under Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about Momentum. This transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals. After the transaction has closed, we will no longer conduct product development on Momentum’s behalf. As a result, we expect that the dollar amount invested in software product development expenses will moderately increase during 2002.(1).

      General and administrative expenses were $155.6 million in 2001, $108.1 million in 2000 and $97.4 million in 1999, representing 8%, 6% and 7% of total revenues in those years. The dollar increase in 2001 is partially due to increases in employee compensation and benefits costs, due in part to a 16% increase in average administrative headcount from the prior year and general and administrative infrastructure investments made during the year. Furthermore, we recorded an additional $5.9 million in non-product related litigation expense and an additional $12.4 million in our provision for doubtful accounts during 2001. The dollar increase in 2000 is primarily due to increases in employee compensation and benefits costs due in part to a 16% increase in the average administrative headcount during the year, partially offset by a decrease in provision for doubtful accounts of $3.5 million.

Product Exit Charges

      We did not record any product exit charges in 2001. During the third quarter of 2000, we recorded product exit charges in the amount of $35.9 million related to the impairment and write off of the unamortized cost of capitalized software, customer list and goodwill related to two products acquired as part of the Intrepid and TriMark acquisitions. During 1999, we recorded product exit charges in the amount of $10.4 million related primarily to the impairment and write off of the unamortized cost of capitalized software related to a product acquired during the Intrepid acquisition.

Restructuring, Merger and Other Charges

      The following table sets forth the components of “Restructuring, merger and other charges” for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Restructuring and exit charges (adjustments)
  $ (5,064 )   $ (3,537 )   $ 27,198  
Merger transaction costs
    176             15,835  
Asset write-offs
                19,575  
Acquired in-process research and development charges
    4,900              
     
     
     
 
 
Restructuring, merger and other charges
  $ 12     $ (3,537 )   $ 62,608  
     
     
     
 

     Merger

      On December 31, 1999, we merged with Vantive, a supplier of customer relationship management applications, in a business combination accounted for using the pooling of interests accounting method. We acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Vantive in exchange for approximately 23.3 million shares of PeopleSoft common stock and our assumption of approximately 4.9 million Vantive outstanding stock options. The accompanying consolidated financial statements for 1999 have been restated to give effect to the combination.


 (1) Forward-Looking Statement

20


 

      Combined and separate results of the companies for the one-year period ended December 31, 1999, the date of the Vantive acquisition, are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                   
PeopleSoft Vantive Adjustments Combined




1999
                               
 
Total revenues
  $ 1,237,871     $ 191,518     $ (243 )   $ 1,429,146  
 
Net (loss) income
    (167,941 )     (9,988 )     164       (177,765 )
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
    (0.69 )     (0.37 )     0.39       (0.67 )

      Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Vantive acquisition and the integration of the companies were charged in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1999 as required under the pooling of interests method of accounting. Those fees and expenses included transaction costs of approximately $15.8 million relating to financial advisory, legal, and accounting fees, employee costs payable at the time of the merger and other direct expenses. In addition, we incurred $12.3 million in charges for the write-off of duplicative equipment and other fixed assets and recorded restructuring and exit charges of $21.8 million relating to employee severance, costs associated with the elimination of excess facilities and costs to terminate contracts with third parties who provide redundant or conflicting services.

Asset write-offs

      Asset write-offs in 1999 include write-offs of duplicative property and equipment as a result of the merger with Vantive in the amount of $12.3 million, leasehold improvements write-offs of $4.0 million related to the abandonment of facilities with leasehold improvements that had not been fully depreciated at the time the decision to abandon the facilities was made, and write-offs of operating assets associated with the termination of projects and relationships that were inconsistent with changes in the operational direction of Vantive, prior to the merger with PeopleSoft, in the amount of $3.2 million.

      Acquired in-process research and development charges of $4.9 million in 2001 are attributable to a $3.0 million charge related to an acquisition in the third quarter of 2001 which was otherwise insignificant to PeopleSoft and a $1.9 million charge related to the acquisition of SkillsVillage, Inc. in the second quarter of 2001. For additional discussion of the acquired in-process research and development charges see “Business Combinations.” In 2002, we expect charges associated with purchased in-process research and development to impact results of operations as we consummate business combinations and technology purchases.(1).

Restructuring and Exit Charges

      During the first quarter of 1999, we adopted a restructuring plan and incurred restructuring charges of $4.4 million. We eliminated approximately 430 redundant and unnecessary positions, primarily in the U.S. in the administration, sales support and marketing support areas. All severance costs associated with this restructuring were paid in 1999 and were funded through operating cash flows.

      During the second and third quarters of 1999, Vantive, which subsequently merged with us, adopted a restructuring plan and incurred restructuring charges of $1.1 million, which included employee severance and non-cash compensation expense. As a result of these restructuring actions, five U.S. employees, in the management and administration areas separated from Vantive. All severance costs associated with this restructuring were paid in 1999 and were funded through operating cash flows.

      In the fourth quarter of 1999, we incurred exit charges in the amount of $21.8 million to consolidate the worldwide operations of PeopleSoft and Vantive. The exit charges included employee severance, costs associated with the elimination of excess facilities, and costs to terminate contracts with third parties that provide redundant or conflicting services. Forty-three employees in redundant positions in the U.S., primarily in the management and administration areas, left PeopleSoft during 2000 as a result of these exit activities. All


 (1) Forward-Looking Statement

21


 

severance costs associated with this restructuring were paid in 2000 and were funded through operating cash flows.
                                   
Employee
Restructuring and Exit Reserves Costs Leases Other Total





Provision for restructuring and exit activities
  $ 9,578     $ 5,870     $ 11,750     $ 27,198  
Cash payments
    (8,344 )     (1,350 )     (3,114 )     (12,808 )
Non-cash items
    (449 )                 (449 )
Adjustments to reflect current estimate
    (785 )           (2,752 )     (3,537 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2000
  $     $ 4,520     $ 5,884     $ 10,404  
     
     
     
     
 
Cash payments
          (1,252 )           (1,252 )
Adjustments to reflect current estimate
                (5,064 )     (5,064 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2001
  $     $ 3,268     $ 820     $ 4,088  
     
     
     
     
 

Contribution to Momentum Business Applications

      During 1998, we formed Momentum Business Applications, a research and development company designed to develop eBusiness, analytic applications and industry-specific software products. All of the outstanding shares of Momentum Class A Common Stock were transferred to a custodian on December 31, 1998. In January 1999, Momentum was spun off as an independent company resulting in the distribution of the Class A Common stock as a dividend to holders of PeopleSoft Common Stock. We incurred a charge of $176.4 million in 1999, which represents a $250.0 million contribution to Momentum less a $78.6 million dividend recorded as of December 31, 1998, investment banker fees of $2.9 million, other expenses related to the formation of Momentum, and other expenses incurred by Momentum. On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. This transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals. Refer to “Subsequent Events” under Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about Momentum.

Other Income, Net

      The following table sets forth the components of “Other income, net” (in thousands):

                           
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



Interest income
  $ 42,730     $ 42,218     $ 23,526  
Interest expense
    (3,806 )     (4,013 )     (4,107 )
Gain on sale of corporate equity securities
          129,600       51,281  
Other
    (1,321 )     (1,830 )     1,475  
     
     
     
 
 
Other income, net
  $ 37,603     $ 165,975     $ 72,175  
     
     
     
 

      The increase in interest income during 2001 and 2000 from 1999 was primarily due to an increase in cash and investment balances partially offset by a decrease in interest rates. The gains on sale of corporate equity securities in 2000 and 1999 relate to the sale of investments in publicly traded start-up companies.

Provision for Income Taxes

      Our income tax provision increased to $98.0 million in 2001 from $91.5 million in 2000 and increased in 2000 from $11.4 million in 1999. Excluding the impact of one-time net charges of $1.8 million in 2001, one-time net gains of $97.2 million in 2000 and one-time net charges of $195.0 million in 1999, the Company’s effective tax rate was 34.5% in 2001 and 2000 and 35.6% in 1999. The 2000 rate is lower than the 1999 rate mainly due to the recognition of previously unrecognized foreign tax benefits. The net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2001 were $153.0 million. The valuation of these net deferred tax assets is based on historical

22


 

tax positions and expectations about future taxable income. We increased our valuation allowance by $5.3 million in 2001 to a total of $26.7 million. The increase relates mainly to limitations on foreign tax credit utilization due to stock option deductions.

Business Combinations

      These following acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations of each acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date, and the related assets and liabilities were recorded based upon their relative fair values at the date of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for any of the acquisitions because the effects of these acquisitions were not significant to us on either an individual or an aggregate basis. In addition to the 2001 acquisition of SkillsVillage, Inc., discussed below, we entered into a transaction to acquire technology from Cohera Corporation, which was not significant to our financial statements. As part of our growth strategy, we anticipate additional acquisition activity which may be significant to us on either an individual or an aggregate basis(1). During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, we completed the following acquisitions:

SkillsVillage, Inc.

      On May 31, 2001, we acquired the assets and assumed liabilities of SkillsVillage, Inc. (“SkillsVillage”), through a business combination accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets acquired included technology to automate the process of procuring and managing contract services. The aggregate purchase price of $31.5 million included the issuance of 398,029 shares of common stock with a fair value of $16.1 million, the issuance of options to SkillsVillage employees to purchase common stock with a fair value of $2.2 million, and cash payments of $13.2 million. Terms of the business combination called for $2.4 million in cash and shares of common stock to be placed into escrow for a period of 12 months to satisfy certain liabilities or claims. After the term of the escrow has elapsed, escrow amounts will be accounted for as additional purchase price and amounts remaining in the escrow account will be distributed to former SkillsVillage shareholders.

      We allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $21.7 million to goodwill, $4.8 million to completed products and technology, $1.9 million to in-process research and development and $0.8 million to assembled workforce. As of the acquisition date, the technological feasibility of the in-process technology had not been established and had no alternative future use and we expensed the $1.9 million in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The capitalized intangible assets are being amortized based on their estimated useful lives of four years (see “Newly Issued Accounting Standards” related to the elimination of goodwill amortization beginning in the first quarter of 2002).

      In performing this allocation, we considered, among other factors, our intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of SkillsVillage’s products. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using discount rates of 18% and 23% for developed and in-process technology, respectively. These discount rates were determined after consideration of our rate of return on debt capital and equity, the weighted average return on invested capital and the risk associated with achieving forecasted sales. Associated risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      Our projections may ultimately prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs to develop such projects will transpire as estimated.


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

23


 

Distinction Software, Inc.

      In August 1999, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Distinction Software, Inc. (“Distinction”), a supply chain management software company. We paid an aggregate purchase price of $15.2 million. Significant components of the purchase price included issuance of shares of common stock with a fair value of $11.9 million, issuance of options to purchase common stock with a fair value of $0.1 million and forgiveness of debt in the amount of $3.2 million.

      We allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $11.1 million to goodwill, $3.0 million to completed products and technology, $1.1 million to customer list and $0.1 million to assembled workforce. The capitalized intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of two to four years (see “Newly Issued Accounting Standards” related to the elimination of goodwill amortization beginning in the first quarter of 2002).

      In performing this allocation, we considered, among other factors, intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of Distinction’s products. We determined that technological feasibility had been reached for the products acquired and, therefore, none of the purchase price was allocated to in-process research and development. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using a discount rate of 22% for developed technology. This discount rate was determined after consideration of our cost of capital, the weighted average return on assets, venture capital rates of return, and revenue growth assumptions. Associated risks include achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      Our projections may ultimately prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances are likely to occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs to develop such projects will occur as estimated.

TriMark Technologies, Inc.

      In May 1999, we acquired the assets and assumed certain liabilities of TriMark Technologies, Inc. (“TriMark”), through a business combination accounted for as a purchase. The assets acquired included Transcend, TriMark’s UNIX based client/server administration solution for annuity and life insurance processing. Significant components of the aggregate purchase price of $29.9 million included issuance of shares of common stock with a fair value of $18.1 million, issuance to TriMark employees of options to purchase common stock with a fair value of $8.2 million, and forgiveness of debt of $3.6 million.

      We allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $14.1 million to goodwill, $10.6 million to completed products and technology, $4.9 million to customer list and $0.4 million to assembled workforce. The capitalized intangible assets were to be amortized over their estimated useful lives of three to five years (see “Newly Issued Accounting Standards” related to the elimination of goodwill amortization beginning in the first quarter of 2002).

      In performing this allocation, we considered, among other factors, our intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of TriMark’s product. We determined that technological feasibility had been reached for the Transcend product prior to the date of acquisition and therefore, none of the purchase price was allocated to in-process research and development. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using a discount rate of 20% for developed technology. This discount rate was determined after consideration of our cost of capital, the weighted average return on assets, venture capital rates of return, and revenue growth assumptions. Associated risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      We integrated the completed products and technology acquired from TriMark into PeopleSoft Insurance Administration (“IA”) product, which became available during June of 1999. However, we were not able to conclude any sales of the IA product following the TriMark acquisition. During the third quarter of 2000, we decided that we would cease further development, marketing and sales efforts on the IA product. Conse-

24


 

quently, we did not expect any future cash flows from the IA product, resulting in an impairment of the unamortized cost of the following intangible assets acquired during the TriMark acquisition: goodwill ($12.9 million), capitalized software ($7.5 million) and customer list ($3.8 million). As a result, we recorded product exit charges in the amount of $24.2 million in the third quarter of 2000.

Subsequent Events

Momentum Business Applications

      On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, we exercised our option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. The price of the option, if exercised prior to February 15, 2002, is $90.0 million. The $90 million purchase price will be paid in cash. The transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals, and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, based on their fair values. Any portion of the purchase price allocated to in-process research and development will be charged to expense during the first quarter of 2002, the period in which the transaction is expected to close. The valuation to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired has not been completed. Accordingly, we cannot estimate the amount of the in-process research and development charge, but we do not anticipate that it will be a significant portion of the purchase price(1).

Annuncio Software, Inc.

      On January 11, 2002, we announced that we had entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the intellectual property and certain assets of Annuncio Software, Inc. (“Annuncio”). The total cash purchase price is expected to be approximately $25.5 million. The intellectual property of Annuncio, a privately held company, consists of marketing automation solutions for email and web customer interaction. The transaction was completed in the first quarter of 2002 and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, based on their fair values. Any portion of the purchase price allocated to in-process research and development will be charged to expense during the first quarter of 2002, the period in which the transaction is expected to close. The valuation to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired has not been completed. Accordingly, we cannot estimate the amount of the in-process research and development charge, but we do not anticipate that it will be a significant portion of the purchase price(1).

Vantive Securities Class Actions

      On March 15, 2002, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal affirmed the district court’s March 21, 2000 ruling granting the Company’s motion to strike and dismiss with prejudice a series of securities class action lawsuits filed beginning on July 6, 1999 against Vantive. The securities class action lawsuits were consolidated and a First Consolidated Amended Complaint was filed by Plaintiffs on November 15, 1999 alleging that Vantive and certain current and former directors and officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and alleging accounting improprieties. The Plaintiffs have ninety (90) days following the entry of the Ninth Circuit Court’s order of dismissal to petition for review by the U.S. Supreme Court.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to utilize accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. We believe policies and estimates related to revenue recognition, capitalized software, allowance for doubtful


(1) Forward-Looking Statement

25


 

accounts, product and service warranty and deferred income taxes represent our critical accounting policies and estimates. Future results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition

      License Revenue. We recognize revenue from license contracts when a non-cancelable, non-contingent license agreement has been signed, the software product has been delivered, no uncertainties exist surrounding product acceptance, fees from the agreement are fixed and determinable, and collection is probable. We use the residual method to recognize revenue when a license agreement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date if evidence of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. If evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred until sufficient evidence exists or all elements have been delivered. When we enter into a license agreement requiring that we provide significant customization of the software products, the license and consulting revenue is recognized using contract accounting.

      Services Revenue. Revenue from consulting services is recognized as the services are performed for time-and-materials contracts and contract accounting is utilized for fixed-price contracts. Revenue from training and development services is recognized as the services are performed. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement, which in most instances is one year.

      We recognize our revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commissions (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 101”) and The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” and SOP 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions.” We believe that we are currently in compliance with SOP 97-2, SOP 98-9 and SAB 101. However, the accounting profession continues to discuss various provisions of these guidelines with the objective of providing additional guidance on their future application. These discussions and the issuance of new interpretations, once finalized, could lead to unanticipated changes in recognized revenue. They could also drive significant adjustments to our business practices that could result in increased administrative costs, lengthened sales cycles and other changes that could affect our results of operations.

Capitalized Software

      We capitalize the development cost of software, other than internal use software, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed,” (“SFAS 86”). Our policy is to capitalize the costs associated with development of new products, but expense the costs associated with new releases, which consist of enhancements or increased functionality of existing products. We continually evaluate the recoverability of capitalized software costs including software acquired through acquisitions or by direct purchase of technology.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

      We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount we estimate to be sufficient to provide adequate protection against loses resulting from collecting less than full payment on our receivables. A considerable amount of judgment is required when we assess the realization of receivables, including assessing the probability of collection and the current credit-worthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, an additional provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Product and Service Warranty

      We provide for estimated cost of product and service warranties based on historical activity. If actual warranty activities differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.

26


 

Deferred Income Taxes

      We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax asset will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. We consider future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. However adjustments could be required in the future if we determine that the amount to be realized is greater or less than the amount we have recorded.

Newly Issued Accounting Standards

      In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) approved for issuance Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS 141”) and No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). SFAS 141, effective June 30, 2001, requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The pooling of interests method of accounting can no longer be used for business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. The provisions of SFAS 141 are similar to prior generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), although SFAS 141 requires additional disclosures for transactions occurring after the effective date. Under SFAS 141, we will continue to immediately write off in-process research and development. SFAS 142 eliminates the amortization of goodwill for business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill will no longer be amortized, but is required to be assessed on an annual basis for impairment at the reporting unit level by applying a fair value based test. SFAS 142 also provides additional guidance on acquired intangibles that should be separately recognized and amortized, which may result in the recognition of additional intangible assets as compared with prior GAAP. Beginning in the first quarter of 2002, we will no longer amortize goodwill, thereby eliminating annual goodwill amortization of approximately $13.5 million. Unamortized goodwill was $32.2 million as of December 31, 2001. We will complete an initial goodwill impairment assessment in 2002 to determine if a transition impairment charge should be recognized under SFAS 142. We do not anticipate that an impairment charge, if any, arising from an assessment in 2002 will be significant.

      In August 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 addresses accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. This Statement requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The liability is accreted to its present value each period while the cost is depreciated over its useful life. SFAS 143 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. We do not anticipate that a charge, if any, related to the adoption of SFAS 143 in 2002 will be significant.

      In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” (“SFAS 144”). SFAS 144, which replaces SFAS 121 “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” requires long-lived assets to be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell. SFAS 144 also broadens disposal transactions reporting related to discontinued operations. SFAS 144 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. We do not anticipate a charge, if any, related to the adoption of SFAS 144 in 2002 will be significant.

      In November 2001, the FASB issued an announcement on the topic of “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for Out of Pocket Expenses Incurred” (the “Announcement”). The Announcement requires companies to characterize reimbursements received for out of pocket expenses incurred as revenue in the income statement. We have netted reimbursements received for out of pocket expenses against the related expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Announcement is to be applied in financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2001 and comparative financial statements for prior periods are to be reclassified to comply with the guidance in this

27


 

announcement. We will adopt the Announcement beginning in the first quarter of 2002. The Announcement is not expected to have a significant impact on gross margin and will have no effect on net income, but will increase services revenue and cost of services.

      In July 2001, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached final consensus on EITF No. 00-25, “Vendor Income Statement Characterization of Consideration Paid to a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products” (“EITF 00-25”). EITF 00-25 generally requires that consideration, including equity instruments, given to a customer be classified in a vendor’s financial statements not as an expense, but as a reduction to revenue up to the amount of cumulative revenue recognized or to be recognized. In November 2001, the EITF reached consensus on EITF No. 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products” (“EITF 01-09”). EITF 01-09 clarifies and modifies certain items discussed in EITF 00-25. We are required to adopt these new standards no later than the quarter ending March 31, 2002. In accordance with the transition guidance in EITF 00-25, adoption will require the reclassification of financial statements for prior periods presented for comparative purposes. We believe that reclassification under EITF 00-25 and EITF 01-09 will not significantly affect our gross margin or net income, although reclassification will change the presentation of certain revenue and expense items contained within our financial statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

      At December 31, 2001, we had $433.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1.2 billion in short-term investments, consisting principally of investments in interest-bearing demand deposit accounts with various financial institutions, tax-exempt money market funds and highly liquid debt securities of corporations, and municipalities. Working capital at December 31, 2001 was $1,294.3 million. We believe that the combination of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances and potential cash flow from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, including the anticipated first quarter purchases of Momentum and Annuncio, the third quarter debt maturity, and expected purchases of property and equipment at least through the next twelve months.(1).

      Cash provided by operating activities was $467.0 million during 2001 and $121.9 million during 2000 and cash used in operating activities was $17.9 million during 1999. The increase in cash from operating activities from 2000 to 2001 is primarily due to an increase in net income, decrease in accounts receivable, decrease in income taxes receivable, increase in depreciation and amortization, decrease in the gain on sale of investments and increase in the tax benefits from exercise of stock options, partially offset by the decrease in deferred revenues and cash received from sale of accounts receivable. The increase in cash provided by operating activities from 1999 to 2000 is primarily due to the $176.4 million contribution to Momentum Business Applications in 1999 partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable and an increase in the gain on sale of investments.

      Cash used in investing activities was $909.1 million during 2001, $53.6 million during 2000 and $90.8 million during 1999. Our principal use of cash in investing activities during 2001 resulted from net purchases of investments, principally of a short-term duration, of $790.7 million, purchases of property and equipment of $92.0 million and acquisitions of $26.4 million. Our principal use of cash in investing activities during 2000 resulted from purchases of property and equipment of $102.3 million, which were partially offset by net proceeds from maturities and sales of investments of $52.7 million. Our principal use of cash in investing activities during 1999 resulted from net purchases of investments of $34.3 million and purchases of property and equipment of $57.2 million.

      Cash provided by financing activities was $238.6 million during 2001 and $169.9 million during 2000 and cash used in financing activities was $7.0 million during 1999. The principal source of cash provided by financing activities during 2001 was proceeds from the exercise of common stock options by employees and issuance of stock under the employee stock purchase program totaling $269.2 million, which was partially


 (1) Forward-Looking Statement

28


 

offset by $20.0 million in purchases of treasury stock under a $100.0 million share repurchase plan authorized by the Board of Directors and $10.5 million net repurchase of convertible subordinate debt. The principal source of cash provided by financing activities during 2000 was proceeds from the exercise of common stock options by employees and issuance of stock under the employee stock purchase program totaling $185.8 million, which was partially offset by $15.0 million in purchases of treasury stock. Our principal use of cash in financing activities during 1999 was our distribution of $78.6 million in Momentum shares to PeopleSoft stockholders, which was partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of common stock options by employees and issuance of stock under the employee stock purchase program in the amount of $71.6 million.

Contractual Obligations

      The following summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2001 and the effect these contractual obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions).

                                   
Payments Due By Period

Total 1 Year or Less 1 - 3 Years After 3 Years




Short term convertible debt
  $ 57.0     $ 57.0              
Operating leases(a)
    193.5       67.3     $ 88.8     $ 37.4  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 250.5     $ 124.3     $ 88.8     $ 37.4  
     
     
     
     
 

(a)  Under certain office leases in Pleasanton, California, we are required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, are prohibited from making certain payments, including cash dividends, and are subject to various other restrictions.

Commercial Commitments

      We have commercial commitments related to certain office facility leases in Pleasanton, California. We have guaranteed a residual value to the lessors equal to 85% of the lessors’ cost of the facilities, which totaled $175.0 million.

29


 

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT OUR FUTURE RESULTS OR

THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR STOCK

      We have identified certain forward-looking statements in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this Form 10-K with a footnote (1) symbol. We may also make other forward-looking statements from time to time, both written and oral. Forward-looking statements give our expectations about the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements apply as of the date they are made and we do not undertake any obligations to update them to reflect changes that occur after that date. The actual results may differ materially from those projected in any such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

      We operate in a dynamic and rapidly changing environment that involves numerous risks and uncertainties. The following section describes some, but not all, of these risks and uncertainties that we believe may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. This section should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Regional and/or global changes in economic, political and market conditions could cause decreases in demand for our software and related services which could negatively affect our revenue and operating results and the market price of our stock.

      Our revenue and profitability depend on the overall demand for our software and related services. A regional and/or global change in the economy and financial markets could result in the delay or canceling of customer purchases. Some of our competitors have recently announced that the current economic conditions have negatively impacted their financial results. In addition, recent developments associated with terrorist attacks on United States’ interests have resulted in economic, political and other uncertainties, which could adversely affect our revenue growth and operating results. If demand for our software and related services decrease, our revenues may decrease and our operating results would be adversely affected. Our inability to license software products to new customers may cause our stock price to fall.

Our quarterly operating results may be difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially, which may adversely affect our stock price.

      Our revenues and results of operations may be difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter. Our expense levels, operating costs and hiring plans are based on projections of future revenues and are relatively fixed. If our actual revenues fall below expectations, our net income may be adversely affected. Many factors can affect our quarterly operating results, including the following:

  •  a significant number of our license agreements are typically completed within the last few weeks of the quarter;
 
  •  our sales cycle is relatively long and can vary as a result of our expanding our product line and the complexity of a customer’s overall business needs;
 
  •  the complexity and size of license transactions can result in protracted negotiations;
 
  •  the effect of economic downturns and global political conditions may result in decreased product demand, price erosion, work slowdowns and layoffs that may substantially reduce sales of licenses and services;
 
  •  customers may unexpectedly postpone or cancel anticipated system replacement or new system implementation due to changes in strategic priorities, project objectives, budgetary constraints, internal purchasing processes or company management;
 
  •  changes in our competitors’ and our own pricing policies and discount plans may affect customer purchasing patterns and decisions; and

30


 

  •  the number, timing and significance of our competitors’ and our own software product enhancements and new software product announcements may affect purchase decisions.

We may be required to defer recognition of license revenue for a significant period of time after entering into a license agreement, which could negatively impact our financial results.

      We may have to delay recognizing license or service related revenue for a significant period of time for a variety of types of transactions, including:

  •  transactions that include both currently deliverable software products and software products that are under development or contain other currently undeliverable elements;
 
  •  transactions where the customer demands services that include significant modifications, customizations or complex interfaces that could delay product delivery or acceptance;
 
  •  transactions that involve extraordinary acceptance criteria or identified product-related performance issues; and
 
  •  transactions that include contingency based payment terms or fees.

      These factors and other specific requirements under GAAP for software revenue recognition, require that we have very precise terms in our license agreements to allow us to recognize revenue when we initially deliver software or perform services. Although we have a standard form of license agreement that meets the criteria for current revenue recognition on delivered elements, we negotiate and revise these terms and conditions in some transactions. Sometimes we are unable to negotiate terms and conditions that permit revenue recognition at the time of delivery or even as work on the project is completed.

If accounting interpretations relating to revenue recognition change, our reported revenues could decline or we could be forced to make changes in our business practices.

      Over the past several years, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” and SOP 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions.” In addition, in December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” which explains how the SEC staff believes existing revenue recognition rules should be applied to or interpreted for transactions not addressed by existing rules. These standards address software revenue recognition matters primarily from a conceptual level and do not include specific implementation guidance. We believe that we are currently in compliance with SOP 97-2, SOP 98-9 and SAB 101.

      However, the accounting profession continues to discuss various provisions of these guidelines with the objective of providing additional guidance on their application. These discussions and the issuance of new interpretations, once finalized, could lead to unanticipated reductions in recognized revenue. They could also drive significant adjustments to our business practices which could result in increased administrative costs, lengthened sales cycles and other changes which could adversely affect our results of operations.

A reduction in our contracting activity may result in reduced services revenues in future periods.

      Our ability to maintain or increase service revenue primarily depends on our ability to increase the number of our licensing agreements. Variances or slowdowns in licensing activity may impact our consulting, training and maintenance service revenues in future periods.

Our future revenue is substantially dependent upon our installed customer base continuing to license additional products, renew maintenance agreements and purchase additional services.

      Our installed customer base has traditionally generated additional revenue from consulting services, renewed maintenance and licenses of other products. The maintenance agreements are generally renewable annually at the option of the customers and there are no mandatory payment obligations or obligations to

31


 

license additional software. In addition, customers may not necessarily purchase additional products or services. If our customers fail to renew their maintenance agreements or purchase additional products or services, our revenues could decrease.

Increases in services revenues as a percentage of total revenues could decrease overall margins and adversely affect our operating results.

      We realize lower margins on service revenues than on license revenues. In addition, services which we outsource to third parties generally yield lower gross margins than our service business overall. As a result, if service revenues increase as a percentage of total revenue or if revenues from outsourced services increase as a percentage of total services revenue, our gross margins will be lower and our operating results may be adversely affected.

Our margins may be reduced if we need to lower prices or offer other favorable terms on our products and services to meet competitive pressures in our industry.

      We compete with a variety of software vendors in all of our major product lines, including vendors of enterprise application software, manufacturing software applications, CRM applications, human resource management system software and financial management systems software. In addition, we compete with numerous small firms that offer products with new or advanced features. Some of our competitors may have advantages over us due to their significant worldwide presence, longer operating and product development history, and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, or exclusive intellectual property rights. At least one competitor has a larger installed base than we do.

      If competitors offer more favorable payment terms, contractual implementation terms, or product or service warranties, or offer product functionality which we do not currently provide, we may need to lower prices or offer other favorable terms in order to compete successfully. Any such changes would be likely to reduce margins and may adversely affect operating results.

As our international business grows, we will become increasingly subject to currency risks and other costs and contingencies that could adversely affect our results.

      We continue to invest in the expansion of our international operations. The global reach of our business could cause us to be subject to unexpected, uncontrollable and rapidly changing economic and political conditions that could adversely affect our results of operations. The following factors, among others, present risks that could have an adverse impact on our business:

  •  conducting business in currencies other than United States dollars subjects us to currency controls and fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  inability to hedge the currency risk in some transactions because of uncertainty or the inability to reasonably estimate our foreign exchange exposure;
 
  •  increased cost and development time required to adapt our products to local markets;
 
  •  lack of experience in a particular geographic market;
 
  •  legal, regulatory, social, political, labor or economic uncertainties in a specific country or region, including loss or modification of exemptions for taxes and tariffs, import and export license requirements, trade restrictions, war, terrorism and civil unrest; and
 
  •  higher operating costs due to local law or regulation.

Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified employees in a highly competitive labor market.

      We believe that our future success will depend upon our ability to continue to attract, train, retain and effectively manage highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and marketing personnel. If our efforts in these

32


 

areas are not successful, our costs may increase, development and sales efforts may be hindered and our customer service may be degraded. Although we invest significant resources in recruiting and retaining employees, there is intense competition for personnel in the software industry. At times, we have had difficulty locating enough highly qualified candidates in desired geographic locations, or with required industry-specific expertise. Industry-wide use of non-compete or similar agreements by our competitors further decreases the pool of available sales and technical personnel. These challenges will remain for the foreseeable future.

The loss of key personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations and stock price.

      We believe that there are certain key employees within the organization, primarily in the senior management team, who are necessary for us to meet our objectives. Due to the competitive employment nature of the software industry, there is a risk that we will not be able to retain these key employees. The loss of one or more key employees could adversely affect our continued growth. In addition, uncertainty created by turnover of key employees could result in reduced confidence in our financial performance which could cause fluctuations in our stock price and result in further turnover of our employees.

If we fail to compete effectively and introduce new products and service offerings, our results of operations and business financial condition will suffer.

      The market for our software products is intensely competitive and is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changes in customer requirements and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. The competitive environment demands that we constantly improve our existing products and create new products. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to:

  •  enhance and expand our core applications;
 
  •  successfully integrate third-party products;
 
  •  enter new markets;
 
  •  improve our existing products and develop new ones to keep pace with technological developments, including developments related to the internet;
 
  •  satisfy increasingly sophisticated customer requirements; and
 
  •  maintain market acceptance.

      If we are unable to meet these challenges, our results of operations and our business financial condition will be adversely affected and our stock price will decline. Our failure to drive or adapt to new and changing industry standards or third party interfaces could adversely affect sales of our products and services.

      Our software products can be licensed for use with a variety of popular industry standard relational database management system platforms. There may be future or existing relational database platforms that achieve popularity in the marketplace which may or may not be architecturally compatible with our software product design. In addition, the effort and expense of developing, testing and maintaining software product lines will increase as more hardware platforms and operating systems achieve market acceptance within our target markets. Moreover, future or existing user interfaces that achieve popularity within the business application marketplace may or may not be architecturally compatible with our current software product design. If we are unable to achieve market acceptance of new user interfaces that we support or adapt to popular new user interfaces that we do not support, our sales and revenues may be adversely affected.

      Developing and maintaining consistent software product performance characteristics across all of these combinations could place a significant strain on our resources and software product release schedules which could adversely affect revenue and results of operations. If we are not able to maintain software performance across accepted platforms and operating environments, our sales of products and service revenues could be adversely affected.

33


 

We may be required to undertake a costly redesign of our products if third-party software development tools become an industry standard.

      Our software products include a suite of proprietary software development tools, known as PeopleTools, which are fundamental to the effective use of our software products. While no industry standard exists for software development tools, several companies have focused on providing software development tools and each of them is attempting to establish its own as the accepted industry standard. If a software product other than PeopleTools were to emerge as a clearly established and widely accepted industry standard, we may not be able to adapt PeopleTools appropriately or rapidly enough to satisfy market demand. In addition, we could be forced to abandon or modify PeopleTools or to redesign our software products to accommodate the new industry standard. This would be expensive and time consuming and may adversely affect results of operations and the financial condition of the business.

A decline in customers’ ability or willingness to migrate software applications to an internet architecture could adversely affect continued market acceptance and sales of PeopleSoft 8 and future internet-based products.

      With PeopleSoft 8, use of a web browser as the user interface replaces the traditional desktop access through networked Microsoft Windows®-based personal computers. Dependable access to software applications via the internet or an intranet involves numerous risks, including security, availability and reliability. There is a risk that some customers will not be willing or able to implement internet-based applications. If they do not, revenues may be reduced and operating results may be adversely affected.

As our software offerings increase in scope and complexity, detection and correction of errors may become more difficult, may increase costs, may slow the introduction of new products and may result in more costly performance and warranty claims.

      Our software programs, like all software programs generally, may contain a number of undetected errors despite internal and third party testing. Increased complexity of the software and more sophisticated expectations of customers may result in higher costs to correct such errors and delay the introduction of new products or enhancements in the marketplace.

      Product software errors could subject us to product liability, performance and/or warranty claims. Although our agreements contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential liability claims, these provisions could be invalidated by unfavorable judicial decisions or by federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations. If a claim against us were to be successful, we might be required to incur significant expense and pay substantial damages. Even if we were to prevail, the accompanying publicity could adversely impact the demand for our products.

If we lose access to critical third-party software or technology, our costs could increase and the introduction of new products and product enhancements could be delayed, potentially hurting our competitive position.

      We license numerous critical software and technology from third parties, including some competitors, and incorporate them into our own software products. If any of the third-party software vendors were to change product offerings, increase prices or terminate our licenses, we might need to seek alternative vendors and incur additional internal or external development costs to ensure continued performance of our products. Such alternatives may not be available on attractive terms, or may not be as widely accepted or as effective as the software provided by our existing vendors. If the cost of licensing or maintaining these third-party software products or other technology significantly increases, our gross margin levels could significantly decrease. In addition, interruption in functionality of our products could adversely affect future sales of licenses and services.

34


 

Disruption of our relationships with third-party systems integrators could adversely affect revenues and results of operations.

      We build and maintain strong working relationships with businesses that we believe play an important role in the successful marketing and deployment of our software application products. Our current and potential customers often rely on third-party system integrators to develop, deploy and manage applications. We believe that our relationships with these companies enhance our marketing and sales efforts. However, if our alliance partners are unable to recruit and adequately train a sufficient number of consulting personnel to support the successful implementation of our software products, we may lose customers. Moreover, our relationships with these companies are not exclusive, and they are free to start, or in some cases increase, the marketing of competitive business application software, or to otherwise discontinue their relationships with us or the support of our products. In addition, integrators who generate consulting fees from customers by providing implementation services may be less likely to recommend our software if our products are more difficult or costly to install and maintain than competitors’ similar product offerings. Disruption of our relationships with these companies could adversely affect sales, revenues and results of operations.

We may be unable to achieve the benefits we anticipate from joint software development or marketing arrangements with our business partners.

      We enter into various development or joint business arrangements to develop new software products or extensions to our existing software products. We may distribute ourselves or jointly sell with our business partners an integrated software product and pay a royalty to the business partner based on end-user license fees under these joint business arrangements. While we intend to develop business applications that are integrated with our software products, these software products may in fact not be integrated or brought to market or the market may reject the integrated enterprise solution. As a result, we may not achieve the revenues that we anticipated at the time we entered into the joint business arrangement.

Acquisitions present many risks, and we may be unable to achieve the financial and strategic goals intended at the time of any acquisition.

      From time to time, we acquire or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies, and enter into joint ventures and strategic alliances with other companies. The risks we commonly encounter in such transactions include:

  •  we may have difficulty assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;
 
  •  we may have difficulty effectively integrating the acquired technologies or products with our current products and technologies;
 
  •  our ongoing business may be disrupted by transition and integration issues;
 
  •  we may not be able to retain key technical and managerial personnel from the acquired business;
 
  •  we may be unable to achieve the financial and strategic goals for the acquired and combined businesses;
 
  •  we may have difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies during the transition and integration;
 
  •  our relationships with partner companies or third-party providers of technology or products could be adversely affected;
 
  •  our relationships with employees and customers could be impaired;
 
  •  our due diligence process may fail to identify significant issues with product quality, product architecture, legal contingencies, and product development, among other things; and
 
  •  we may be required to sustain significant exit charges if products acquired in business combinations are unsuccessful.

35


 

The pending acquisition of Momentum may have a negative impact on our future results of operations.

      On January 29, 2002, we exercised our option to purchase all of the outstanding Class A common stock of Momentum for $90.0 million in cash. Upon the closing of this acquisition, which is expected to occur by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals, Momentum will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of PeopleSoft. Going forward, future development services revenues from Momentum will be eliminated. The elimination of future development services revenues from Momentum, the potential future cost of internally funding development efforts, the future amortization expense associated with the purchased technology, and the possible future impairment of acquired assets may have a negative impact on our future financial results.

Our intellectual property and proprietary rights may offer only limited protection. Our products may infringe third-party intellectual property rights, which could result in material costs.

      We consider certain aspects of our internal operations, and our software and documentation to be proprietary, and we primarily rely on a combination of contract, patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. Pending patent applications may not result in issued patents and, even if issued, the patents may not provide any meaningful protection or competitive advantage. We also rely on contractual restrictions in our agreements with customers, employees and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, there can be no assurances that these agreements will not be breached, that we have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known. Moreover, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary intellectual property rights as effectively as do the laws of the United States. Protecting and defending our intellectual property rights could be costly regardless of venue.

      Through an escrow arrangement, we have granted many of our customers a contingent future right to use our source code solely for internal maintenance services. If our source code is accessed through the escrow, the likelihood of misappropriation or other misuse of our intellectual property may increase.

      Our competitors may independently develop technology that is substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us more aggressively in the future, especially in light of recent developments in patent law expanding the scope of patents on software. These assertions could result in costly and time-consuming litigation, including damage awards or present the need to enter into royalty arrangements which would decrease margins and may adversely affect the results of operations.

The uncertainty around the continuing introduction of the Euro may affect us adversely.

      PeopleSoft 8 contains European Monetary Union, or EMU, functionality that allows for dual currency reporting and information management. However, since the Euro has only recently become a legally required currency in member nations, it is likely that not all issues related to conversion to EMU have surfaced yet, and some that do emerge may not have been adequately addressed. In addition, our products may be used with third-party products that may or may not be EMU compliant. Although we continue to take steps to address the impact, if any, of EMU compliance for such third-party products, failure of any critical technology components to operate properly under EMU may adversely affect our revenues or require us to incur unanticipated expenses to remedy any problems.

Terrorist activity may interfere with our ability to conduct business.

      Terrorist attacks on United States interests similar to those of September 11, 2001, present a potential threat to communication systems, information technology and security, damage to buildings and their contents and injury to or death of key employees. We continue to take steps to increase security and add protections against terrorist threats. This may require adjustment or change of business practices which could involve significant capital expenditure and result in loss of focus and distraction of management and development and sales employees. Moreover, an actual or perceived increase in risk of travel due to further terrorist may reduce our ability to demonstrate products and meet with prospective customers, which may adversely affect our

36


 

ability to close sales and meet projected forecasts. Although built to state of the art structural standards, our data center near our Pleasanton headquarters could be vulnerable to attack using large explosives or sophisticated or unorthodox weapons. Significant structural damage to the data center could cause a disruption of our information systems and loss of financial data and certain customer data, which could adversely impact results of operations and business financial conditions.

Our stock price has been and may remain volatile.

      The trading price of our common stock has in the past and may in the future be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such as the following:

  •  revenue or results of operations in any quarter failing to meet the expectations, published or otherwise, of the investment community;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations by us or our competitors;
 
  •  acquisitions of new products or significant customers by us or our competitors;
 
  •  developments with respect to our patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights of or our competitors;
 
  •  changes in recommendations or financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
  •  rumors or dissemination of false and/or misleading information, particularly through internet chat rooms, instant messaging and by other rapid dissemination means;
 
  •  changes in management;
 
  •  conditions and trends in the software industry;
 
  •  announcement of acquisitions or other significant transactions by us or our competitors;
 
  •  adoption of new accounting standards affecting the software industry;
 
  •  general market conditions.

      In addition, fluctuations in the price of our common stock may expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits. Defending against such lawsuits could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources. Furthermore, any settlement or adverse determination of these lawsuits could subject us to significant liabilities.

Power outages in California may adversely affect us.

      We have significant operations in the State of California and are dependent on a continuous power supply. A California energy crisis could substantially disrupt our operations and increase our expenses. California has implemented, and may in the future continue to implement, rolling blackouts throughout the state. If blackouts interrupt our power supply, we may be temporarily unable to continue operations at our California facilities. Any such interruption in our ability to continue operations at our facilities could delay the development of our products and disrupt communications with customers or other third parties on whom we rely, such as system integrators. Future interruptions could damage our reputation and could result in lost revenue, either of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. Furthermore, if energy prices were to increase, our operating expenses will likely increase which could have a negative effect on operating results.

We have adopted anti-takeover defenses that could make it difficult for another company to acquire control of PeopleSoft or limit the price investors might be willing to pay for our stock.

      Certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could delay the removal of incumbent directors and could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us more difficult, even if such events would be beneficial to the interests of the stockholders. These provisions include adoption of a Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, commonly known as a “poison pill” and giving our board the ability to issue

37


 

preferred stock and determine the rights and designations of the preferred stock at any time without stockholder approval. The rights of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. In addition, the staggered terms of our Board of Directors could have the effect of delaying or deferring a change in control.

      The above factors and certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or otherwise delaying or preventing changes in the control or management of PeopleSoft, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium over the fair market value of PeopleSoft’s common stock.

Item 7A. Financial Risk Management

Foreign Exchange Risk

      Our revenue originating outside the United States was 28%, 26% and 23% of total revenues in 2001, 2000 and 1999. International revenues generated from the Europe-Middle-East-Africa region were 14% in 2001 and 13% in 2000. Revenues from all other geographic regions were less than 10% of total revenues. International sales are made mostly from our foreign sales subsidiaries in the local countries and are typically denominated in the local currency of each country. These subsidiaries incur most of their expenses in the local currency as well.

      Our international business is subject to risks typical of an international business, including, but not limited to: differing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely impacted by changes in these or other factors.

      Our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations arise in part from intercompany transactions in which the cost of software, including certain development costs, incurred in the United States is charged to our foreign sales subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions are typically denominated in the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary in order to centralize foreign exchange risk with the parent company in the United States. We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars during consolidation. As exchange rates vary, these results, when translated, may vary from expectations and may adversely impact overall expected profitability.

      We have a foreign exchange hedging program designed to mitigate the potential for future adverse impacts on intercompany balances due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The program uses forward exchange contracts as the vehicle for hedging significant intercompany balances. We use two foreign exchange banks for substantially all of these contracts. In general, these forward foreign exchange contracts have terms of three months or less. Gains and losses on the settled contracts are included in “Other income, net” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and are recognized in the current period, consistent with the period in which the gain or loss of the underlying transaction is recognized. To the extent these contracts do not completely hedge the intercompany balances, the net impact is recognized in “Other income, net.” The foreign currency hedging program is managed in accordance with a corporate policy approved by our Board of Directors.

38


 

      At December 31, 2001, we had the following outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange foreign currency for U.S. dollars:

                 
Notional Weighted
Functional Currency Notional Amount Average Exchange Rate



Euros
  $ 19.3 million       1.139  
Hong Kong dollars
    6.6 million       7.772  
Japanese yen
    2.6 million       130.800  
Singapore dollars
    1.6 million       1.849  
Canadian dollars
    1.5 million       1.600  
     
         
    $ 31.6 million          
     
         

      We had the following outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for foreign currency:

                 
Notional Weighted
Functional Currency Notional Amount Average Exchange Rate



British pounds
  $ 7.6 million       1.452  
South African rand
    3.2 million       0.084  
Swedish krona
    2.2 million       0.092  
Euros
    2.0 million       0.878  
New Zealand dollars
    1.7 million       0.416  
Australian dollars
    1.6 million       0.509  
Swiss francs
    1.3 million       0.592  
Chilean pesos
    0.8 million       0.002  
     
         
    $ 20.4 million          
     
         

      At December 31, 2001, each of these contracts matured within 60 days and had a book value that approximates fair value. Neither the cost nor the fair value of these forward foreign exchange contracts was material at December 31, 2001. We recorded net losses from settled contracts and underlying foreign currency exposures of approximately $3.0 million in 2001, $0.6 million in 2000 and $0.9 million in 1999.

      In addition to hedging existing transaction exposures, our foreign exchange management policy allows for the hedging of anticipated transactions, and exposure resulting from the translation of foreign subsidiary financial results into U.S. dollars. Such hedges can only be undertaken to the extent that the exposures are highly certain, reasonably estimable and significant in amount. No such hedges have occurred through December 31, 2001.

Interest Rate Risk

 
Investments in debt securities

      We invest our cash in a variety of financial instruments, consisting principally of investments in interest-bearing demand deposit accounts with financial institutions, tax-exempt money market funds and highly liquid debt and equity securities of corporations, and municipalities. These investments are denominated in U.S. dollars. Cash balances in foreign currencies overseas represent operating balances that are typically invested in short term time deposits of the local operating bank.

      We classify debt and marketable equity securities based on management’s intention on the date of purchase and reevaluate such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. All other debt and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” net of tax in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, all our investments were classified as available-for-sale.

39


 

      Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest earning instruments carries a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities, that typically have a shorter duration, may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates.

      Our investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2001, the average maturity of our investment securities was approximately three months. All investment securities had maturities of less than eighteen months. The following table presents certain information about our financial instruments held at December 31, 2001 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. We believe our investment securities, comprised of highly liquid debt securities of corporations, and municipalities, are similar enough to aggregate. Due to our anticipated tax rate, it is presently advantageous for us to invest largely in tax-exempt securities. The average interest rates shown below reflect a weighted average rate for both taxable and tax-exempt investments. At December 31, 2001, we invested heavily in tax–exempt investments which reduced the weighted average interest rate.

      Below is a presentation of the maturity profile of our investment securities held at December 31, 2001 (in millions, except interest rates):

                                 
Expected Maturity

Principal Fair
1 Year More than Amount Value
or less 1 year 12/31/01 12/31/01




Available-for-sale securities
  $ 1,300.3     $ 40.6     $ 1,340.9     $ 1,341.9  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.0 %     2.2 %                
 
Interest rate swaps

      We have entered into interest rate swap transactions to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on facility lease obligations. The swaps involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. The swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $175.0 million and mature at various dates in 2003, consistent with the maturity dates of the facility leases. Under these agreements, we receive a variable rate based on the three month LIBOR set on the last day of the previous quarter and pay a weighted average fixed rate of 6.80%. These swaps are considered to be hedges against changes in amount of future cash flows. We recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” a $6.0 million unrealized loss as of December 31, 2001 in connection with these interest rate swaps. Derivative losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of $7.6 million are estimated to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months based upon a 12 month forward LIBOR rate.

Equity Securities Risk

 
Convertible subordinated notes

      In August 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of $69.0 million in convertible subordinated notes, due August 2002. These notes bear interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and are convertible into the Company’s common stock at the investor’s option at any time at a conversion price equal to $50.82 per share. The Company has repurchased $12.0 million of convertible subordinated notes thereby leaving a balance of $57.0 million as of December 31, 2001. Based on the traded yield to maturity, the approximate fair market value of the convertible subordinated notes was $57.6 million and $66.5 million as of December 31, 2001 and 2000.

40


 

 
Item 8.  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      The information required by this Item is included in Part IV Item 14(a)(1) and (2).

 
Item 9.  Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      None.

41


 

PART III

      Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Report on Form 10-K because the registrant will file a definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report on Form 10-K, and certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The information concerning our officers required by this Item 10 is included in Part I hereof under the heading “Personnel.” The information concerning our directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Election of Directors.” Information concerning the compliance of our officers, directors and 10% shareholders with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our Proxy Statement under the heading “Compliance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.”

 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation

      The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation.”

 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Transactions with Management.”

 
Item 14.  Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Consolidated Financial Statements, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

  1. Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  The consolidated financial statements as listed in the accompanying index to financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this annual report.
 
  2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.
 
  The consolidated financial statement schedules as listed in the accompanying index to financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this annual report.

All other schedules not listed in the accompanying index have been omitted as they are either not required or not applicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

  3. Exhibits.
 
  The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K
No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 2001.

42


 

PART IV

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(ITEM 14-(a))
     
Page

Reports of Independent Public Accountants
  F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2001 and 2000.
  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-7
Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information
  F-35
Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
  F-36

43


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(ITEM 14-(a))
     
Exhibit
Number Description


2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 11, 1999 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Vantive (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on From S-4 (333-91111) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 1999).
2.2
  Stock Option Agreement between PeopleSoft, Inc. and The Vantive Corporation dated as of October 11, 1999. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-91111) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 1999).
2.3
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. on Form 10 (No. 000-25185) filed December 31, 1998).
2.4
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Current Report of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. on Form 8-K filed September 20, 2001).
3.1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PeopleSoft, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form S-8 (No. 333-08575) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 1996).
3.2
  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of PeopleSoft, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 17, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form S-8 (No. 333-08575) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 1996).
3.3
  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of PeopleSoft, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 3, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).
3.4
  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of PeopleSoft, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 29, 1998. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-91111) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 1999).
3.5
  Certificate of Designation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 24, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).
3.6
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of PeopleSoft, Inc. dated February 26, 2002.
3.7
  Specimen Certificate of PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with Amendment No. 1 to PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 1992).
4.1
  First Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Agreement dated December 16, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form 8-A/ A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 1998).
4.2
  Indenture (including forms of Notes), dated as of August 15, 1997, between The Vantive Corporation and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with The Vantive Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (333-40449) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 1997).

44


 

     
Exhibit
Number Description


10.1(1)
  Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2000) and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999).
10.2
  1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended to date (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2000) and form of subscription agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999).
10.3(1)
  1992 Directors’ Stock Option Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-53000) filed October 7, 1992, Amendment No. 1 thereto filed October 26, 1992, Amendment No. 2 thereto filed November 10, 1992 and Amendment No. 3 thereto filed November 18, 1992, which Registration Statement became effective November 18, 1992 and PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-62356) filed on May 7, 1993, which Registration Statement became effective May 24, 1993 (collectively, the “Original S-1, as amended”).
10.4(1)
  2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference the Exhibit 99 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-47000) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2000).
10.5
  Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan dated as of September 27, 2001
10.6(1)
  Executive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
10.7
  The Vantive Corporation Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option Plan. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-94833) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2000).
10.8
  The Vantive Corporation 1995 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-94833) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2000).
10.9
  The Vantive Corporation 1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-94833) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2000).
10.10
  Innovative Computer Concepts, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-91111) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 4, 2000).
10.11
  Distinction Software Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-86103) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 1999).
10.12
  TriMark Technologies, Inc. 1998 Director and Executive Officer Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-77911) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 1999).
10.13
  TriMark Technologies, Inc. 1995 Director and Executive Officer Stock Option Plan (as amended) and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-77911) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 1999).

45


 

     
Exhibit
Number Description


10.14
  TriMark Technologies, Inc. 1995 Employees and Consultants Stock Option Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-77911) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 1999).
10.15
  TriMark Technologies, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan (as amended) and form of option agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-77911) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 1999).
10.16
  Advanced Planning Solutions, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 filed with PeopleSoft Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-44224) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2000).
10.17
  Amendment and Restatement of PeopleSoft, Inc. 401(k) Plan, dated December 13, 1995, Amendment No. 1 dated December 30, 1994, and Amendment No. 2, dated August 25, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 1995).
10.18
  Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between PeopleSoft, Inc. and each of its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Original S-1, as amended).
10.19
  Lease dated July 24, 1992 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Glen Pointe Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with the Original S-1, as amended).
10.20
  Lease dated June 23, 1993 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Westbrook Corporate Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
10.21
  Amendment No. 1 dated September 19, 1994, Amendment No. 2 dated May 15, 1995 and Amendment No. 3 dated June 19, 1995 to the Lease dated March 10, 1994 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Rosewood Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).
10.22
  Systems Integrator Agreement dated August 25, 1995 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Shared Medical Systems Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
10.23
  Lease dated December 4, 1996 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Lease Plan North America, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).
10.24
  Purchase Agreement dated October 22, 1996 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Norwest Equity Partners IV, L.P. (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.33 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).
10.25
  Lease dated January 17, 1994 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and R-H Associates Bldg. III Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
10.26
  Lease dated March 10, 1994 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Rosewood Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
10.27
  Contract of Sale and Escrow Instructions between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Rosewood Owner of California (B) LLC, a California limited liability company, dated October 4, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 1995).

46


 

     
Exhibit
Number Description


10.28
  Warrant Agreement between PeopleSoft, Inc. and The First National Bank of Boston, as Warrant Agent, dated October 30, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-80755) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 1995).
10.29
  Warrant Purchase Agreement between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. dated October 30, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-80755) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 1995).
10.30
  Registration Rights Agreement between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. dated October 30, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-80755) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 1995).
10.31
  Amendment No. 2 dated September 28, 1994, Amendment No. 3 dated September 21, 1995 and Amendment No. 4 dated December 28, 1995 to the Software License and Support Agreement dated June 23, 1992 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and ADP, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
10.32
  Amended Software Development Agreement dated December 22, 1995 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Solutions for Education Administrators, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
10.33
  Red Pepper Software Company 1993 Stock Option Plan, and forms of stock option agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 1996).
10.34
  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated July 22, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and William Willson & Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).
10.35
  Lease dated September 14, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Hacienda Plaza Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).
10.36
  Development and License Agreement dated December 30, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.37
  Marketing and Distribution Agreement dated December 30, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.38
  Distribution Agreement dated December 30, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.39
  First Amendment to Participation Agreement and Appendix 1 to Participation Agreement, Master Lease and Construction Deed of Trust dated February 20, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Lease Plan North America, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

47


 

     
Exhibit
Number Description


10.40
  Second Amendment to Participation Agreement, Master Lease, Guarantee, Construction Deed of Trust, Cash Collateral Agreement, Assignment of Lease and Appendix 1 to Participation Agreement, Master Lease and Construction Deed of Trust dated September 28, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Lease Plan North America, Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.41
  Participation Agreement dated September 28, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, ABN AMRO Leasing, Inc., ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and Financial Institutions listed in Schedule I of the Participation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.42
  Master Lease dated September 28, 1998 between PeopleSoft, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.43
  Appendix 1 to the Participation Agreement and Master Lease dated September 28, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 filed with PeopleSoft, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.44
  Employment Agreement between Craig Conway and PeopleSoft, Inc., dated May 10, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-47 filed with PeopleSoft Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).
10.45
  Employment Contract between Guy Dubois and PeopleSoft France S.A., dated as of January 1, 2000, and addendums thereto dated as of January 1, 2000, and January 1, 2001.
10.46
  Amendment to the Development and Marketing Agreements between Momentum and PeopleSoft, dated as of July 23, 2001, made by and between Momentum Business Applications, Inc. and PeopleSoft, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 filed with PeopleSoft Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
21.1
  Subsidiaries of PeopleSoft, Inc.
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.2
  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants.
24
  Power of Attorney (see the Signatures page to this Form 10-K).
99.1
  Letter to the Commission

(1)  This agreement is a compensatory plan or arrangement.

48


 

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  PEOPLESOFT, INC.

  By:  /s/ KEVIN T. PARKER
 
  Kevin T. Parker
  Executive Vice President, Finance and
  Administration, Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Dated: March 20, 2002

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints jointly and severally, Craig Conway and Kevin Parker, and each one of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report (Form 10-K) and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
Signature Title Date



/s/ DAVID A. DUFFIELD

David A. Duffield
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 20, 2002
/s/ ANEEL BHUSRI

Aneel Bhusri
  Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 20, 2002
/s/ CRAIG A. CONWAY

Craig A. Conway
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer and Director)   March 20, 2002
/s/ KEVIN T. PARKER

Kevin T. Parker
  Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 20, 2002
/s/ A. GEORGE BATTLE

A. George Battle
  Director   March 20, 2002
/s/ FRANK J. FANZILLI, JR.

Frank J. Fanzilli, Jr.
  Director   March 20, 2002
/s/ STEVEN D. GOLDBY

Steven D. Goldby
  Director   March 20, 2002
/s/ CYRIL J. YANSOUNI

Cyril J. Yansouni
  Director   March 20, 2002

49


 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(This Page Intentionally Left Blank.)

 


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors

and Stockholders of PeopleSoft, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PeopleSoft, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PeopleSoft, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

      Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed under Schedule II is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in our audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

  /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

San Jose, California

January 29, 2002
(Except with respect to the matter discussed in Note 8
and Note 18, as to which the date is March 15, 2002)

F-1


 

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

PeopleSoft, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1999. Our audit also included the information for the year ended December 31, 1999 included in the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audit.

      We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, based on our audit, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of PeopleSoft, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the information in the related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 1999, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Walnut Creek, California

February 4, 2000

F-2


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
December 31,

2001 2000


(In thousands, except
par value amounts)
Assets:
               
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 433,700     $ 646,605  
 
Short-term investments
    1,199,046       354,074  
 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $27,660 in 2001 and $38,928 in 2000
    375,437       449,036  
 
Income taxes receivable
    7,288       31,652  
 
Deferred tax assets
    58,088       59,214  
 
Other current assets
    59,309       75,350  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    2,132,868       1,615,931  
Property and equipment, at cost:
               
 
Computer equipment and software
    320,866       265,507  
 
Furniture and fixtures
    76,712       69,568  
 
Leasehold improvements
    71,831       62,488  
 
Land
    46,066       46,066  
     
     
 
   
Total property and equipment, at cost
    515,475       443,629  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (301,313 )     (234,443 )
     
     
 
      214,162       209,186  
Investments
    40,587       95,650  
Non-current deferred tax assets
    94,932       19,121  
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $25,721 in 2001 and $19,798 in 2000
    16,213       7,369  
Other assets
    49,243       37,893  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 2,548,005     $ 1,985,150  
     
     
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 37,115     $ 35,163  
 
Accrued liabilities
    144,646       141,743  
 
Accrued compensation and related expenses
    184,237       158,623  
 
Income taxes payable
    6,236       5,059  
 
Short-term convertible debt
    57,000        
 
Deferred revenues
    409,316       429,554  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    838,550       770,142  
Long-term deferred revenues
    98,025       100,858  
Long-term convertible debt
          68,000  
Other liabilities
    19,490       21,795  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    956,065       960,795  
Commitments and contingencies (see notes)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized: 2,000 shares; issued and outstanding: none
           
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized: 700,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 305,662 shares in 2001 and 287,642 shares in 2000
    3,068       2,880  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,231,430       815,559  
Retained earnings
    417,214       225,660  
Unearned compensation
    (5,275 )     (2,008 )
Treasury stock (1,189 shares in 2001 and 384 shares in 2000)
    (35,414 )     (15,000 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (19,083 )     (2,736 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,591,940       1,024,355  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,548,005     $ 1,985,150  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-3


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                             
Years ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
                       
 
License fees
  $ 645,421     $ 496,115     $ 339,676  
 
Services
    1,325,119       1,118,079       1,061,838  
 
Development and other services
    102,713       122,279       27,632  
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    2,073,253       1,736,473       1,429,146  
Costs and Expenses:
                       
 
Cost of license fees
    61,323       38,901       42,578  
 
Cost of services
    698,329       606,334       564,404  
 
Cost of development and other services
    93,124       111,053       25,107  
 
Sales and marketing expense
    513,928       447,952       391,572  
 
Product development expense
    298,998       320,512       297,212  
 
General and administrative expense
    155,567       108,103       97,387  
 
Product exit charges
          35,923       10,442  
 
Restructuring, merger and other charges
    12       (3,537 )     62,608  
 
Contribution to Momentum Business Applications
                176,409  
     
     
     
 
   
Total costs and expenses
    1,821,281       1,665,241       1,667,719  
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
    251,972       71,232       (238,573 )
Other income, net
    37,603       165,975       72,175  
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    289,575       237,207       (166,398 )
Provision for income taxes
    98,021       91,516       11,367  
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 191,554     $ 145,691     $ (177,765 )
     
     
     
 
Basic income (loss) per share
  $ 0.64     $ 0.52     $ (0.67 )
     
     
     
 
Shares used in basic per share computation
    297,999       279,672       263,914  
     
     
     
 
Diluted income (loss) per share
  $ 0.59     $ 0.48     $ (0.67 )
     
     
     
 
Shares used in diluted per share computation
    323,625       302,916       263,914  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-4


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
Years ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



(In thousands)
Operating Activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 191,554     $ 145,691     $ (177,765 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    103,054       84,239       97,274  
 
Provision for doubtful accounts
    16,642       3,205       6,748  
 
Benefit from deferred income taxes
    (61,803 )     (9,631 )     (41,205 )
 
Gains on sales of investments and disposition of property and equipment, net
    (3,397 )     (137,543 )     (54,011 )
 
Non-cash stock compensation
    3,158       5,969       3,779  
 
Product exit charges
          35,923       10,442  
 
Restructuring, merger and other non-cash items
    12       (3,537 )     46,470  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    53,810       (156,761 )     51,811  
   
Cash received from sales of accounts receivable
          57,584       23,776  
   
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (6,280 )     (862 )     (17,567 )
   
Accrued compensation and related expenses
    27,107       33,415       12,491  
   
Income taxes receivable, net
    25,849       (29,780 )     2,471  
   
Tax benefits from exercise of stock options
    123,278       78,695       28,972  
   
Deferred revenues
    (21,158 )     16,437       (13,549 )
   
Other current and noncurrent assets and liabilities
    15,167       (1,098 )     1,966  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    466,993       121,946       (17,897 )
Investing Activities:
                       
Purchase of available-for-sale investments
    (7,897,313 )     (1,687,058 )     (419,936 )
Proceeds from maturities and sales of available-for-sale investments
    7,106,657       1,693,188       385,639  
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investments
          46,610        
Purchase of property and equipment
    (92,037 )     (102,324 )     (57,209 )
Disposition of property and equipment
          371       411  
Additions to capitalized software
          (4,206 )     (1,511 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (26,387 )     (9,033 )     1,780  
Proceeds from sale of acquired software
          8,878        
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (909,080 )     (53,574 )     (90,826 )
Financing Activities:
                       
Net proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options
    269,182       185,785       71,610  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (20,040 )     (15,000 )      
Repurchases of convertible debt, net
    (10,542 )     (932 )      
Distribution of Momentum Business Applications shares
                (78,622 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    238,600       169,853       (7,012 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (9,418 )     (5,639 )     (1,968 )
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (212,905 )     232,586       (117,703 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    646,605       414,019       531,722  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 433,700     $ 646,605     $ 414,019  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental Disclosures:
                       
     
Cash paid for interest
  $ 3,558     $ 4,160     $ 4,107  
     
     
     
 
     
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds
  $ 3,747     $ 38,313     $ 30,565  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                                             
Accumulated
Common Stock Additional Other Total

Paid-in Unearned Dividend Retained Treasury Comprehensive Stockholders’
Shares Amount Capital Compensation Declared Earnings Stock (Loss) Income Equity









(In thousands)
Balances at December 31, 1998
    255,673     $ 2,557     $ 396,037     $     $ 78,622     $ 257,734     $     $ (2,614 )   $ 732,336  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net loss
                                  (177,765 )                 (177,765 )
 
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale investments, net of tax
                                              147,875       147,875  
 
Currency translation
                                              (1,963 )     (1,963 )
                                                                     
 
   
Comprehensive loss
                                                                    (31,853 )
 
Exercise of common stock options and issuances under stock purchase plan
    12,453       125       71,485                                     71,610  
 
Acquisitions
    2,148       21       38,376                                     38,397  
 
Exercise of warrants
    649       6       (6 )                                    
 
Tax benefits from employee stock transactions
                28,972                                     28,972  
 
Dividend declared of Momentum
                                                                       
   
Business Applications shares
                            (78,622 )                       (78,622 )
 
Amortization of unearned compensation expense and other
    21             3,779                                     3,779  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 1999
    270,944     $ 2,709     $ 538,643     $     $     $ 79,969     $     $ 143,298     $ 764,619  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
                                  145,691                     145,691  
 
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale investments, net of tax
                                              (147,595 )     (147,595 )
 
Currency translation
                                              1,561       1,561  
                                                                     
 
   
Comprehensive loss
                                                                    (343 )
 
Exercise of common stock options and issuances under stock purchase plan
    16,579       166       185,614                                     185,780  
 
Acquisitions
                4,330                                     4,330  
 
Exercise of warrants
    3             300                                     300  
 
Tax benefits from employee stock transactions
                78,695                                     78,695  
 
Treasury stock purchased
    (384 )                                   (15,000 )           (15,000 )
 
Stock issued under restricted stock award
    500       5       6,339       (6,339 )                             5  
 
Amortization of unearned compensation expense and other
                1,638       4,331                               5,969  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2000
    287,642     $ 2,880     $ 815,559     $ (2,008 )   $     $ 225,660     $ (15,000 )   $ (2,736 )   $ 1,024,355  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
                                  191,554                     191,554  
 
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale investments, net of tax
                                              335       335  
 
Currency translation
                                              (10,666 )     (10,666 )
 
Interest rate swap transactions:
                                                                       
   
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                                              (2,648 )     (2,648 )
   
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
                                              (5,806 )     (5,806 )
   
Reclassification adjustment for earnings recognized during the period
                                              2,438       2,438  
                                                                     
 
   
Comprehensive income
                                                                    175,207  
 
Exercise of common stock options, net and issuances under stock purchase plan
    18,242       182       269,469                         (374 )           269,277  
 
Acquisitions
    398       4       18,863       (2,161 )                             16,706  
 
Tax benefits from employee stock transactions
                123,278                                     123,278  
 
Treasury stock purchased
    (805 )                                   (20,040 )           (20,040 )
 
Stock issued under restricted stock award
    185       2       3,321       (3,323 )                              
 
Amortization of unearned compensation expense and other
                940       2,217                               3,157  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2001
    305,662     $ 3,068     $ 1,231,430     $ (5,275 )   $     $ 417,214     $ (35,414 )   $ (19,083 )   $ 1,591,940  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company and Significant Accounting Policies

     The Company

      PeopleSoft, Inc. (“PeopleSoft” or “the Company”) designs, develops, markets and supports a family of enterprise application software products for use throughout large and medium sized organizations. These organizations include corporations, higher education institutions and federal, state, provincial and local government agencies worldwide. The Company provides enterprise application software for customer relationship management, human resources management, financial management, supply chain management and enterprise performance management, along with a range of industry-specific products. In addition to enterprise application software, the Company offers a variety of services to its customers including implementation assistance, project planning, on-line analytic processing deployment, minor software product enhancements and training.

     Basis of Presentation

      As more fully described in Note 2, PeopleSoft merged with The Vantive Corporation (“Vantive”) on December 31, 1999. The consolidated financial statements for 1999 reflect the pooling of interests method of accounting and therefore reflect the combined financial position, operating results and cash flows of PeopleSoft and Vantive as if they had been combined during 1999. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

     Principles of Consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The results of operations of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (“Momentum”) were consolidated with the results of operations of the Company through March 15, 1999.

     Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Despite management’s best effort to establish good faith estimates and assumptions; actual results may differ from these estimates.

     Revenue Recognition

      The Company licenses software under non-cancelable license agreements and provides services including consulting, training, development and maintenance, consisting of product support services and periodic updates. The Company recognizes its revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commissions (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 101”) and The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended. The Company’s revenue recognition policy is as follows:

      License Revenue. The Company recognizes revenue from license contracts when a non-cancelable, non-contingent license agreement has been signed, the software product has been delivered, no uncertainties exist surrounding product acceptance, fees from the agreement are fixed and determinable and collection is probable. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when a license agreement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date if evidence of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. If evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred until sufficient

F-7


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

evidence exists or all elements have been delivered. When the Company enters into a license agreement requiring that the Company provide significant customization of the software products, the license and consulting revenue is recognized using contract accounting.

      Services Revenue. Revenue from consulting services is recognized as the services are performed for time-and-materials contracts and contract accounting is utilized for fixed-price contracts. Revenue from training and development services is recognized as the services are performed. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement, which in most instances is one year.

     Deferred Revenue

      Deferred revenue is comprised of deferrals for license fees, maintenance, training and other services. Long-term deferred revenue, at December 31, 2001 and 2000, represents amounts received for maintenance and support services to be provided beginning in periods on or after January 1, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The principal components of deferred revenue at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were as follows (in thousands):

                 
2001 2000


License fees
  $ 16,703     $ 57,885  
Maintenance
    410,323       367,885  
Training
    57,037       56,728  
Other services
    23,278       47,914  
     
     
 
      507,341       530,412  
Less: Long term deferred revenue
    98,025       100,858  
     
     
 
    $ 409,316     $ 429,554  
     
     
 

     Foreign Currency Translation

      In general, the functional currency of each foreign operation is the local currency. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at year-end exchange rates; revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The effects of foreign currency transactions are included in “Other income, net” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Through 2001, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been significant.

     Cash Equivalents

      Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments which management intends to hold or which have original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash equivalents are stated at amounts that approximate fair value, based on quoted market prices.

     Accounts Receivable

      Accounts receivable are comprised of billed and unbilled receivables arising from recognized or deferred revenues. Unbilled receivables included in accounts receivable were $38.2 million as of December 31, 2001 and $118.6 million as of December 31, 2000. Receivables related to specific deferred revenues are offset for balance sheet presentation. The Company’s receivables are unsecured. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for potential losses.

F-8


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

     Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of two to three years for computer equipment and software and five to seven years for furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.

      The Company accounts for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” The Company capitalizes costs of materials, consultants, and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use computer software. These costs are included with “Computer equipment and software.” Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to general and administrative expense.

     Intangible and Long-Lived Assets

      Through December 31, 2001, goodwill and other intangible assets were amortized using the straight-line method over lives of two to five years. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill will no longer be amortized. See Newly Issued Accounting Standards below. The goodwill will be assessed on an annual basis for impairment at the reporting unit level by applying a fair value based test.

      The Company periodically evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of other long-lived assets warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. When factors indicate that other long-lived assets should be evaluated for possible impairment, the Company uses an estimate of undiscounted future net cash flows over the remaining life of the asset to determine if impairment has occurred. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent from other asset groups. An impairment in the carrying value of an asset is assessed when the undiscounted, expected future operating cash flows derived from the asset are less than its carrying value. If the Company determines an asset has been impaired, the impairment is recorded based on the fair value of the impaired asset.

     Capitalized Software Costs

      Capitalized software costs and accumulated amortization at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were as follows (in thousands):

                   
2001 2000


Capitalized software:
               
 
Development costs
  $ 23,267     $ 23,867  
 
Obtained through business combinations
    7,800       3,000  
 
Purchased from third parties
    10,867       300  
     
     
 
      41,934       27,167  
Accumulated amortization
    (25,721 )     (19,798 )
     
     
 
    $ 16,213     $ 7,369  
     
     
 

      The Company recorded capitalized software amortization, included in “Cost of License Fees” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of $6.5 million in 2001, $7.0 million in 2000 and $9.3 million in 1999.

      The Company capitalizes the development cost of software, other than internal use software, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed,” (“SFAS 86”). The Company’s policy is to capitalize

F-9


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the costs associated with development of new products, but expense the costs associated with new releases, which consist of enhancements or increased functionality of existing products. The Company capitalizes the development cost of software once technological feasibility is reached. Technological feasibility is attained when software products reach Beta release. Costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are charged to product development expense. The establishment of technological feasibility and the ongoing assessment of recoverability of capitalized software development costs require considerable judgment by management with respect to certain external factors, including, but not limited to, anticipated future revenues, estimated economic life and changes in software and hardware technologies. Upon the general release of the software product to customers, capitalization ceases and such costs are amortized, using the straight-line method, on a product-by-product basis over the estimated life, which is generally three years. The Company capitalizes software purchased from third parties if the related software product under development has reached technological feasibility or if there are alternative future uses for the purchased software provided that capitalized amounts will be realized over a period not exceeding five years. All research and development expenditures not eligible for capitalization under SFAS 86 are charged to product development expense in the period incurred.

     Advertising Costs

      The Company expenses the costs of producing advertisements at the time production occurs, and expenses the cost of communicating the advertising in the period in which the advertising space is used. Advertising expense is included in “Sales and marketing expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and totaled $44.6 million in 2001, $61.8 million in 2000 and $23.7 million in 1999.

     Stock-based Compensation

      The Company accounts for employee stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB Opinion No. 25”). In March 2000, the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation (an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25),” (“FIN 44”), which became effective July 1, 2000. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 44 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. As required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” the Company provides pro forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share. Refer to Footnote 15. “Stockholders’ Equity.”

     Income Taxes

      The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method under which deferred income taxes are provided based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the taxes become payable.

     Newly Issued Accounting Standards

      In June 2001, the FASB approved for issuance Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS 141”) and No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). SFAS 141, effective June 30, 2001, requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The pooling of interests method of accounting can no longer be used for business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. The provisions of SFAS 141 are similar to prior generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), although SFAS 141 requires additional disclosures for transactions occurring after the effective date. Under SFAS 141, the Company will continue to immediately write off in-process research and development. SFAS 142 eliminates the amortization of goodwill for business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. Effective January 1,

F-10


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2002, goodwill will no longer be amortized, but is required to be assessed on an annual basis for impairment at the reporting unit level by applying a fair value based test. SFAS 142 also provides additional guidance on acquired intangibles that should be separately recognized and amortized, which may result in the recognition of additional intangible assets as compared with prior GAAP. Beginning in the first quarter of 2002, the Company will no longer amortize goodwill, thereby eliminating annual goodwill amortization of approximately $13.5 million. Unamortized goodwill was $32.2 million as of December 31, 2001. The Company will complete an initial goodwill impairment assessment in 2002 to determine if a transition impairment charge should be recognized under SFAS 142. The Company does not anticipate that an impairment charge, if any, arising from the assessment in 2002 will be significant.

      In August 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 addresses accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. This Statement requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The liability is accreted to its present value each period while the cost is depreciated over its useful life. SFAS 143 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The Company does not anticipate that a charge, if any, related to the adoption of SFAS 143 in 2002 will be significant.

      In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” (“SFAS 144”). SFAS 144, which replaces SFAS 121 “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” requires long-lived assets to be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell. SFAS 144 also broadens disposal transactions reporting related to discontinued operations. SFAS 144 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company does not anticipate a charge, if any, related to the adoption of SFAS 144 in 2002 will be significant.

      In November 2001, the FASB issued an announcement on the topic of “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for Out of Pocket Expenses Incurred” (the “Announcement”). The Announcement requires companies to characterize reimbursements received for out of pocket expenses incurred as revenue in the statement of operations. The Company has netted reimbursements received for out of pocket expenses against the related expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Announcement is to be applied in financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2001 and comparative financial statements for prior periods are to be reclassified to comply with the guidance in this announcement. The Company will adopt the Announcement beginning in the first quarter of 2002. The Announcement is not expected to have a significant impact on gross margin and will have no effect on net income, but will increase services revenue and cost of services.

      In July 2001, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached final consensus on EITF No. 00-25, “Vendor Income Statement Characterization of Consideration Paid to a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products” (“EITF 00-25”). EITF 00-25 generally requires that consideration, including equity instruments, given to a customer be classified in a vendor’s financial statements not as an expense, but as a reduction to revenue up to the amount of cumulative revenue recognized or to be recognized. In November 2001, the EITF reached consensus on EITF No. 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products” (“EITF 01-09”). EITF 01-09 clarifies and modifies certain items discussed in EITF 00-25. The Company is required to adopt these new standards no later than the quarter ending March 31, 2002. In accordance with the transition guidance in EITF 00-25, adoption will require the reclassification of financial statements for prior periods presented for comparative purposes. The Company believes that reclassification under EITF 00-25 and EITF 01-09 will not significantly affect the Company’s

F-11


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

gross margin or net income, although reclassification will change the presentation of certain revenue and expense items contained within the financial statements.

 2. Merger

      On December 31, 1999, PeopleSoft merged with Vantive, a supplier of customer relationship management applications, in a business combination accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting. PeopleSoft acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Vantive in exchange for approximately 23.3 million shares of PeopleSoft’s common stock and the assumption by PeopleSoft of approximately 4.9 million Vantive outstanding stock options (“the Acquisition”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements for 1999 have been restated to give effect to the combination.

      Combined and separate results of the companies for the year ended December 31, 1999, the date of Acquisition, were as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                 
PeopleSoft Vantive Adjustments Combined




Total revenues
  $ 1,237,871     $ 191,518     $ (243 )   $ 1,429,146  
Net (loss) income
    (167,941 )     (9,988 )     164       (177,765 )
Net (loss) income per share
    (0.69 )     (0.37 )     0.39       (0.67 )

      The combined data presented above includes adjustments to eliminate transactions between PeopleSoft and Vantive. There were no material differences between the accounting policies of PeopleSoft and Vantive and the fiscal years of both companies ended on December 31; accordingly, no other adjustments were required.

      Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition and the integration of the companies were charged in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1999 as required under the pooling of interests method of accounting. Those fees and expenses included transaction costs of approximately $15.8 million relating to financial advisory, legal and accounting fees, employee costs payable at the effective time of the merger and other direct expenses. In addition, the Company incurred $12.3 million in charges for the write-off of duplicative equipment and other fixed assets and recorded restructuring and exit charges of $21.8 million relating to employee severance, costs associated with the elimination of excess facilities and costs to terminate contracts with third parties who provide redundant or conflicting services.

 3. Investments in debt and equity securities

      The Company classifies debt and marketable equity securities based on management’s intention on the date of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. There were no investments classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2001 or 2000. Debt and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value, which is determined based on quoted market prices, with net unrealized gains and losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” net of tax for the taxable securities. Realized gains and losses are calculated using

F-12


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the specific identification method. At December 31, 2001 and 2000 the components of the Company’s debt and marketable equity securities were as follows (in thousands):

                                   
Aggregate
Fair Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Value Gains Losses




2001
                               
 
State and local municipalities debt
  $ 1,089,231     $ 1,090,048     $ 817        
 
Auction rate preferred stock
    234,700       234,700              
 
Corporate debt
    16,970       17,167       197        
 
Marketable equity securities
    1,711       1,711              
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,342,612     $ 1,343,626     $ 1,014        
     
     
     
     
 
2000
                               
 
U.S Government, state and local municipalities debt
  $ 151,673     $ 151,963     $ 290        
 
Corporate debt
    429,936       429,920       126     $ (142 )
 
Auction rate preferred stock
    267,206       267,207       1        
 
Marketable equity securities
    2,900       2,991       91        
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 851,715     $ 852,081     $ 508     $ (142 )
     
     
     
     
 
                   
2001 2000


Recorded as:
               
 
Cash equivalents
  $ 102,282     $ 399,366  
 
Short-term investments (due in one year or less)
    1,199,046       354,074  
 
Investments (due in over one year)
    40,587       95,650  
 
Other current assets
    1,711       2,991  
     
     
 
    $ 1,343,626     $ 852,081  
     
     
 

      In addition, the Company classifies its investments in privately held companies as “Other current assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These nonmarketable investments are accounted for using the cost method as the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence. The cost of these investments was $2.5 million at December 31, 2001 and $5.3 million at December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the cost approximates fair value.

 4. Financial Instruments

      Derivative financial instruments are utilized by the Company to reduce foreign currency exchange and interest rate risks. The Company has established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative financial instruments. The Company does not hold any derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Derivative transactions are restricted to foreign currency hedges and interest rate swaps.

Change in Accounting

      Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, as amended, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. All derivatives are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair

F-13


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The cumulative effect of the accounting change to adopt SFAS 133, as amended, as of January 1, 2001 resulted in the Company recognizing a $2.6 million unrealized loss (net of tax) in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.”

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

      The Company has a foreign exchange hedging program designed to mitigate the potential for future adverse impact on intercompany balances due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The program uses forward exchange contracts as the vehicle for hedging significant intercompany balances. The Company uses two foreign exchange banks for substantially all of these contracts. The Company has not designated the derivatives used in the foreign exchange hedging program as cash flow or fair value hedges under SFAS 133, as amended. In general, these contracts have terms of three months or less. These contracts are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value of the contracts and the intercompany balances being hedged are included in “Other income, net” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. To the extent these contracts do not completely hedge the intercompany balances, the net impact is recognized in “Other income, net.”

      The Company recorded net losses from settled contracts and underlying foreign currency exposures of approximately $3.0 million in 2001, $0.6 million in 2000 and $0.9 million in 1999. At December 31, 2001, the Company had outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange Euros ($19.3 million), Hong Kong dollars ($6.6 million), Japanese yen ($2.6 million), Singapore dollars ($1.6 million) and Canadian dollars ($1.5 million) for U.S. dollars, and to exchange U.S. dollars for British pounds ($7.6 million), South African rand ($3.2 million), Swedish krona ($2.2 million), Euros ($2.0 million), New Zealand dollars ($1.7 million), Australian dollars ($1.6 million), Swiss francs ($1.3 million) and Chilean pesos ($0.8 million). At December 31, 2001, each of these contracts matured within 60 days and had a book value that approximates fair value. Neither the cost nor the fair value of these forward foreign exchange contracts was material at December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2000, the Company had outstanding forward exchange contracts to exchange Euros ($39.4 million), Swiss francs ($3.4 million), Hong Kong dollars ($1.4 million), British pounds ($1.2 million), Singapore dollars ($1.0 million) and Canadian dollars ($0.3 million) for U.S. dollars, and to exchange U.S. dollars for Euros ($7.1 million) and Australian dollars ($0.3 million). At December 31, 2000, each of these contracts matured within 60 days. The Company recorded a net loss of $2.2 million on the Euro contracts as of December 31, 2000 to mark the contract down to its fair value. Neither the cost nor the fair value of the remaining contracts was material at December 31, 2000.

      The foreign exchange hedging program is managed in accordance with a corporate policy approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition to hedging existing transaction exposures, the Company’s foreign exchange management policy allows for the hedging of anticipated transactions, and exposure resulting from the translation of foreign subsidiary financial results into U.S. dollars. Such hedges can only be undertaken to the extent that the exposures are highly certain, reasonably estimable and significant in amount. No such hedges have occurred through December 31, 2001.

Interest Rate Swap Transactions

      The Company has entered into interest rate swap transactions to manage its exposure to interest rate changes on facility lease obligations. The swaps involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. The swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $175.0 million and mature at various dates in 2003, consistent with the maturity dates of the facility leases. Under these agreements, the Company receives a variable rate based on the three month LIBOR set on the

F-14


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

last day of the previous quarter and pays a weighted average fixed rate of 6.80%. These swaps are considered to be hedges against changes in amount of future cash flows. The Company recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” a $6.0 million unrealized loss as of December 31, 2001 in connection with these interest rate swaps. Derivative losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of $7.6 million are estimated to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months based upon a 12 month forward LIBOR rate.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

      The Company does not have a concentration of credit or operating risk in any one investment, industry or geographic region within or outside of the United States.

 5. Restructuring and exit charges

      In the first quarter of 1999, the Company adopted a restructuring plan and incurred restructuring charges of $4.4 million. PeopleSoft eliminated approximately 430 redundant and unnecessary positions, primarily in the U.S., in the administration, sales support, and marketing support areas.

      During the second and third quarters of 1999, Vantive, which subsequently merged with the Company, adopted a restructuring plan and incurred restructuring charges of $1.1 million, which included employee severance and non-cash compensation expense. As a result of these restructuring actions, five U.S. employees, in the management and administration areas separated from Vantive. In addition, as part of its restructuring plan, Vantive incurred $3.2 million in charges related to write-offs of operating assets associated with the termination of projects and relationships that were inconsistent with changes in the operational direction of Vantive.

      In the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company incurred exit charges in the amount of $21.8 million to consolidate the worldwide operations of PeopleSoft and Vantive. The exit charges included employee severance, costs associated with the elimination of excess facilities, and costs to terminate contracts with third parties that provide redundant or conflicting services. Forty-three employees in redundant positions in the U.S., primarily in the management and administration areas, left the Company during 2000 as a result of these exit activities. In addition, the Company incurred $12.3 million in charges for the write-off of duplicative equipment and other fixed assets.

      The following table sets forth components of the Company’s restructurings and exit charges for 1999 and the Company’s restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, which are included in “Accrued liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

                                     
Employee
Restructuring and Exit Charges Costs Leases Other Total





1999
                               
 
Employee severance and related costs
  $ 9,578                 $ 9,578  
 
Contractual obligations
        $ 3,765     $ 11,750       15,515  
 
Other
          2,105             2,105  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total 1999
  $ 9,578     $ 5,870     $ 11,750     $ 27,198  
     
     
     
     
 

F-15


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                                   
Employee
Restructuring and Exit Reserves Costs Leases Other Total





Provision for restructuring and exit activities
  $ 9,578     $ 5,870     $ 11,750     $ 27,198  
Cash payments
    (4,961 )                 (4,961 )
Non-cash items
    (449 )                 (449 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 1999
  $ 4,168     $ 5,870     $ 11,750     $ 21,788  
     
     
     
     
 
Cash payments
    (3,383 )     (1,350 )     (3,114 )     (7,847 )
Adjustments to reflect current estimates
    (785 )           (2,752 )     (3,537 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2000
  $     $ 4,520     $ 5,884     $ 10,404  
     
     
     
     
 
Cash payments
          (1,252 )           (1,252 )
Adjustments to reflect current estimates
                (5,064 )     (5,064 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2001
  $     $ 3,268     $ 820     $ 4,088  
     
     
     
     
 

 6. Accrued Employee Healthcare Insurance Claims

      The Company is self-insured, with certain stop loss insurance coverage, for employee health care claims. Expense is recorded based on estimates of the ultimate liability, including claims incurred but not reported. The accrued employee healthcare insurance claims were included in “Accrued liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and amounted to $7.3 million as of December 31, 2001 and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2000.

 7. Convertible Subordinated Debt

      In August 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of $69.0 million in convertible subordinated notes, due August 2002. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company had outstanding $57.0 million and $68.0 million in principal amount of convertible subordinated notes. These notes bear interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and are convertible into the Company’s common stock at the investor’s option, at any time, at a price of $50.82 per share. As of December 31, 2001, the Company has repurchased a total of $12.0 million of convertible subordinated notes. Based on the traded yield to maturity, the approximate fair market value of the convertible subordinated notes was $57.6 million as of December 31, 2001 and was $66.5 million as of December 31, 2000.

 8. Commitments and Contingencies

  Leases

      The Company leases office facilities under operating leases, which generally require the Company to pay operating costs, including property taxes, insurance and maintenance. The Company also leases certain computer equipment under operating leases. Computer equipment leases require the return of the equipment or payment of residual values at the end of the lease term. Such residual values, which approximate fair values, are not material to the consolidated financial statements.

      In December 1996, the Company entered into a five-year lease for a new office facility in Pleasanton, California. This lease is structured as an operating lease with rental payments due beginning upon the completion of the construction, which occurred during the fourth quarter of 1998. The cost for the construction of the facility totaled $70.0 million including interest during the construction period. The rental payments equal the amount of interest under the agreement. The interest rate charged on amounts funded prior to the commencement of the lease payments was LIBOR plus 0.625% as measured on the date of each funding rollover. The Company began accruing interest concurrent with the lessor’s first drawdown of the construction commitment in January 1997. Throughout the construction period, the accrued interest amount, which was approximately $4.5 million as of the end of the construction phase, was added to the construction

F-16


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

cost. In 1998, the Company negotiated an amendment to this lease that extended the term of the lease until February 2003, with an option to renew for an additional three years, subject to certain conditions, or purchase the building for $70.0 million. If at the end of the lease term the Company does not purchase the property, the Company would guarantee a residual value to the lessor equal to 85% of the lessor’s cost of the facility. Under this lease, the Company is required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, is prohibited from making certain payments, including cash dividends, and is subject to various other restrictions. As of December 31, 2001 the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

      In 1998, the Company purchased two parcels of land in Pleasanton, California for $50.0 million and entered into a five-year lease agreement for facilities to be constructed on one of the parcels. The lease was structured as an operating lease with rental payments due beginning upon completion of the construction, which occurred during the first quarter of 2000. The cost for the construction of the facility totaled $105.0 million including interest costs during the construction period, which were added to the balance rather than paid by the Company. The interest rate on the obligation is a LIBOR based floating rate, which resets on a 1, 2, 3, or 6-month interval at the Company’s election. The rental payments equal the amount of interest under the agreement. The Company has an option to renew the lease for an additional five years, subject to certain conditions, or purchase the building for $105.0 million. If at the end of the lease term the Company does not purchase the property, the Company would guarantee a residual value to the lessor equal to 85% of the lessor’s cost of the facility. Under this lease, the Company is required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, is prohibited from making certain payments, including cash dividends, and is subject to various other restrictions. As of December 31, 2001 the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

      In 1998, the Company entered into agreements to sell one of its Pleasanton, California office buildings and related land, and to simultaneously lease back a substantial portion of the office space contained therein. The initial lease term is for 10 years. The Company has options to terminate up to 50% of the space at anytime following the initial 4 years of the lease term and the remaining 50% at any time following the 5th year of the term; or alternatively, the Company may extend the term of the lease in five-year increments up to 20 years. In September 2001, the Company exercised its option to terminate 50% of the space and will determine in 2002 if the remaining lease for 50% will be terminated or extended. Termination fees of $4.3 million are being accrued over the initial term of the agreement. The sales price of approximately $50.0 million resulted in a financial statement gain of approximately $24.4 million, which is being amortized over the lease period. The Company holds a right of first refusal to additional space within the site as other tenants’ leases expire.

      Future minimum operating lease payments under all noncancellable leases for the years ending December 31 are due as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Amount


2002
  $ 67,270  
2003
    42,755  
2004
    26,619  
2005
    19,443  
2006
    11,414  
Thereafter
    26,042  
     
 
    $ 193,543  
     
 

      Rent expense totaled approximately $74.8 million, $60.5 million and $62.3 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999.

PeopleSoft Securities Class Action Litigation

      Beginning on January 29, 1999, a series of class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of its officers and directors,

F-17


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The actions were consolidated in June 1999 under the name of the lead case Suttovia v. Duffield, et al., C 99-0472, and a consolidated amended complaint was filed on December 6, 1999 naming the Company and David Duffield, Albert Duffield, Ronald Codd, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Aneel Bhusri, James Bozzini and George Still as defendants.

      The Consolidated Complaint purported to bring claims on behalf of all purchasers of PeopleSoft common stock during the period April 22, 1997 to January 28, 1999. The Consolidated Complaint alleged that PeopleSoft misrepresented, inter alia, the degree of market acceptance of its products, the technical capabilities of its products, the success of certain acquisitions it had made, and the anticipated financial performance of the Company in fiscal 1999. The Consolidated Complaint abandoned all of the allegations in the original complaints concerning alleged accounting improprieties, including claims of improper accounting related to the Company’s write-downs for “in-process research and development” in connection with various acquisitions, and improper accounting related to the Company’s spin-off of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (Momentum had been a named defendant in the original actions, but was eliminated as a defendant when the Consolidated Complaint was filed).

      On February 10, 2000, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Consolidated Complaint, on which the Court entered an order a) dismissing all claims against defendants Albert Duffield, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Aneel Bhusri, James Bozzini, and George Still, without leave to amend; b) dismissing all claims relating to the time period prior to May 27, 1998; c) denying the motion to dismiss as to various forward-looking statements allegedly made by the Company between May 27, 1998 and January 28, 1999; and d) limiting the class period for which claims may be asserted to the same time period. A First Amended Complaint was filed on June 12, 2000. The Court had set a case management schedule pursuant to which the Company would be required to provide discovery to plaintiffs prior to May 11, 2001.

      On February 16, 2001, PeopleSoft agreed to a settlement of the litigation, which resulted in the dismissal of all claims against the defendants in exchange for a payment of $15.0 million, all of which was funded by the Company’s Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. Final settlement approval was received in June 2001, and the final payment into the settlement fund occurred during the fourth quarter of 2001.

Shareholder Derivative Litigation

      On June 30, 2000, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the California Superior Court, County of Alameda, entitled Marble v. Duffield, et al., naming as defendants David Duffield, Kenneth Morris, Margaret Taylor, Albert Duffield, Ronald Codd, Cyril Yansouni, Aneel Bhusri, George Still, James Bozzini and George Battle. The action alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and engaged in alleged acts of insider trading when they sold stock while failing to disclose material adverse information allegedly in their possession. The suit seeks unspecified damages, treble damages and attorneys fees. The action was based on many of the same allegations that are the subject of the securities class action litigation pending in federal district court, including many allegations that were dismissed in the federal action.

      On February 16, 2001, the defendants in the derivative suit agreed to a settlement, pursuant to which certain limited corporate therapeutics was offered, and in exchange for which all claims were dismissed with prejudice. The attorney’s fees for plaintiffs’ counsel were paid out of the $15.0 million settlement fund (detailed above in “PeopleSoft Securities Class Action Litigation”) in 2001.

Vantive Securities Class Actions

      Beginning on July 6, 1999, a series of securities class action lawsuits was filed alleging that Vantive and certain current and former directors and officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. Plaintiffs filed a First Consolidated Amended Complaint on November 15, 1999. The First Consolidated Amended Complaint added to the previous complaints, among other

F-18


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

things, allegations of accounting improprieties. The Company’s motions to strike and to dismiss the First Consolidated Amended Complaint with prejudice were granted on March 21, 2000. On June 19, 2000, plaintiffs filed an appeal from the district court’s ruling in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal. Refer to “Vantive Securities Class Actions” under Footnote 18, “Subsequent Events.”

Wrongful Termination Litigation

      On November 5, 1996, a case was filed in the California Superior Court for the County of Alameda (Yarborough v. PeopleSoft, Inc., Case No. 775405-2) by a former employee of the Company whose employment was terminated in November 1995. The complaint alleged causes of action for wrongful discharge, retaliation, age discrimination and harassment. The Company filed a cross complaint based upon plaintiff’s violation of Penal Code section 632 and the wrongful taking of proprietary information from the Company. The Company’s cross-complaint was severed for separate trial, and the trial on the complaint was bifurcated on the issues of liability and damages. On September 18, 2001, following a jury trial on the complaint only, the Court entered judgment on a verdict in favor of the plaintiff in the amount of $5.4 million. After judgment was entered on the complaint, the cross-complaint was settled. The terms of the settlement vary according to the resolution of the matter after all appellate and further trial proceedings are exhausted or expired. If, after all appeals and further proceedings are exhausted, a judgment remains against the Company for any amount of punitive damages, the judgment is to be reduced by forty thousand dollars ($40,000). If, after all appeals and further proceedings are exhausted, no judgment remains against the Company for any amount of punitive damages but a judgment remains for other damages, the judgment is to be reduced by fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000), or if no judgment remains against the Company, the plaintiff will pay the Company fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). PeopleSoft is considering whether to appeal the judgment. In addition to the judgment already entered, the plaintiff has filed a motion seeking $8.1 million in attorney’s fees. That motion, set to be heard on March 25, 2002, will be vigorously opposed by PeopleSoft.

Other Matters

      The Company is party to various legal disputes and proceedings arising from the ordinary course of general business activities. In the opinion of management, resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse affect on the financial position, results of the operations and cash flows of the Company. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

 9. Restructuring, Merger and Other Charges

      The following table sets forth the components of “Restructuring, merger and other charges” for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Restructuring and exit charges (adjustments)
  $ (5,064 )   $ (3,537 )   $ 27,198  
Merger transaction costs
    176             15,835  
Asset write-offs
                19,575  
Acquired in-process research and development
    4,900              
     
     
     
 
 
Restructuring, merger and other charges
  $ 12     $ (3,537 )   $ 62,608  
     
     
     
 

10. Momentum Business Applications

      During 1998, PeopleSoft formed Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (“Momentum”), a research and development company designed to develop eBusiness, analytical applications and industry-specific

F-19


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

software products. On December 31, 1998, PeopleSoft transferred 4,693,826 shares, representing all of the outstanding shares, of Momentum Class A Common Stock (the “Momentum Shares”), to a custodian who distributed the shares to the holders of PeopleSoft common stock in mid January 1999 (the “Distribution”). Prior to the Distribution, PeopleSoft contributed $250.0 million to Momentum. Momentum Shares are traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “MMTM.” PeopleSoft continues to hold all 1,000 shares of the Momentum Class B Common Stock. In connection with PeopleSoft’s contribution to Momentum and the distribution of Momentum Shares, Momentum and PeopleSoft entered into a number of agreements, including a Development Agreement, Marketing and Distribution Agreement and a Services Agreement.

      On July 23, 2001, Momentum and PeopleSoft entered into the Business Agreement Amendment, which amended the terms of the Development Agreement and the Marketing and Distribution Agreement. In conjunction with the Business Agreement Amendment, Momentum changed certain provisions of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The effectiveness of the Business Agreement Amendment was contingent upon Momentum obtaining stockholder approval of the amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. This amendment was approved at Momentum’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders on September 19, 2001. The agreements, as amended, are discussed below:

Development Agreement

      PeopleSoft and Momentum are parties to a Development Agreement pursuant to which PeopleSoft conducts product development and related activities on behalf of Momentum under work plans and cost estimates that have been proposed by PeopleSoft and approved by Momentum. Momentum is required to utilize the cash initially contributed to Momentum by PeopleSoft plus interest earned thereon, less administrative expenses and reserves of up to $2.0 million (the “Available Funds”) to conduct activities under the Development Agreement. Momentum pays PeopleSoft one hundred ten percent (110%) of PeopleSoft’s fully burdened costs relating to the research and development activities performed on behalf of Momentum. The products to be developed under the Development Agreement include electronic business applications (“e-commerce”), analytic applications, and industry specific applications. PeopleSoft has granted to Momentum a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive license to use certain of PeopleSoft’s proprietary technology solely for internal use in conjunction with the Development Agreement. During the development period (the “Pre-Release Term”), PeopleSoft has an exclusive right to market, distribute and license pre-release versions of Momentum products. In September 2001, the Development Agreement was amended to clarify the parties’ respective rights and obligations related to product development projects that may still be in process at such time when Momentum has exhausted its Available Funds. Under this clarification, Momentum will have a regular intellectual property interest in, and receive the full contractual product payment rate, for any products created out of Momentum projects that it is unable to complete due to lack of Available Funds. PeopleSoft does not however, have any legal obligation to complete any projects in process that cannot be completed by Momentum due to a lack of Available Funds.

Marketing and Distribution Agreement

      Under the terms of the Marketing and Distribution Agreement entered into by PeopleSoft and Momentum, Momentum has granted PeopleSoft an option to acquire a license to each product developed under the Development Agreement. The license option for any such Momentum product is exercisable on a world-wide, exclusive basis at any time from the date Momentum agrees to develop the product until the earlier of a) thirty days after the product becomes Generally Available (as defined in the agreements); or b) the expiration of the purchase option. The license option will expire, to the extent not previously exercised, 30 days after the expiration of PeopleSoft’s option to purchase all of the outstanding Momentum Shares as described below. If and to the extent the license option is exercised as to any Momentum product, PeopleSoft will acquire a perpetual, exclusive license (with the right to sublicense) to develop, make, have made and use the licensed product, and to sell and have sold the licensed product. Upon exercising the license option,

F-20


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

PeopleSoft will assume responsibility for all ongoing development and sustaining engineering expenses for the related product. Under the License Agreement for each licensed product, PeopleSoft will make payments to Momentum with respect to the licensed product based on the quarterly net sales of the licensed product achieved by PeopleSoft and its sublicensees, distributors and marketing partners. The royalty rate for pre-release products is a flat one percent of net license fees. As of December 31, 2001, PeopleSoft had exercised its license option on six products. For these six Momentum products, the product payment rate was determined using a formula which takes the sum of one percent plus an additional 0.1 percent for each full $1.0 million of development costs of the licensed product that have been paid by Momentum, up to a maximum 6 percent royalty. For all other Momentum products, the product payment rate will be a flat 10% on net license fees and any related maintenance fees beginning on the earlier to occur of i) July 1, 2002 or ii) on the 60th day after Momentum provides PeopleSoft with a statement that, as of the end of any calendar month, there are less than $2.5 million of Available Funds remaining. PeopleSoft has the right to buyout Momentum’s right to receive payments for individual licensed products in accordance with a formula set forth in the Marketing and Distribution Agreement. Such right is generally available on the first anniversary following the commencement of product payments on each licensed product.

Services Agreement

      Under the terms of the Services Agreement, PeopleSoft provides office facilities for and performs accounting, finance, human resources, information systems and legal services on behalf of, Momentum. PeopleSoft receives $100,000 per quarter as compensation for the provision of these services.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation

      Pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, PeopleSoft has the right to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Momentum Shares (the “Purchase Option”). The Purchase Option is exercisable by written notice to Momentum at any time until December 31, 2002, provided that such date will be extended for successive six month periods, as of any June 30 or December 31 beginning with June 30, 2002, if Momentum has not paid (or accrued expenses) for all but $15.0 million of Available Funds as of such date. In any event, the Purchase Option will terminate on the 60th day after Momentum provides PeopleSoft with a statement that, as of the end of any calendar month, there are less than $2.5 million of Available Funds remaining. The Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation modified the provisions of the first and fourth formulas of the purchase options detailed below:

Purchase Options

      Except in instances in which Momentum’s liabilities exceed its assets, if the purchase option is exercised, the exercise price will be the greatest of:

  (1)  15 times the sum of (i) the actual worldwide payments made by or due from PeopleSoft to Momentum with respect to all Momentum Products and Developed Technology for the four calendar quarters immediately preceding the quarter in which the Purchase Option is exercised (the “Base Period”); plus (ii) such payments as would have been made during the Base Period by, or due from, PeopleSoft to Momentum if PeopleSoft had not previously exercised its Product Payment Buy-Out Option with respect to any Momentum Product; minus any amounts previously paid to exercise any Product Payment Buy-Out Option for such Momentum Product;
 
  (2)  the fair market value of six hundred thousand (600,000) shares of PeopleSoft Common Stock, adjusted in the event of a stock split or dividend, as of the date PeopleSoft exercises its Purchase Option;

F-21


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

  (3)  three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) plus any additional funds contributed to Momentum by PeopleSoft, less the aggregate of all amounts paid or incurred to develop the Momentum Products or pursuant to the Services Agreement as of the date the Purchase Option is exercised; or
 
  (4)  a flat amount of either i) $90.0 million provided the option is exercised no later than February 15, 2002, ii) $92.5 million if exercised on or between February 16, 2002 and May 15, 2002, or iii) $95.0 million if exercised on or after May 16, 2002.

      In the event Momentum’s liabilities (other than liabilities under the Development Agreement, the Marketing Agreement and the Services Agreement) exceed Momentum’s assets, the Purchase Option Exercise Price described above will be reduced by the amount such liabilities at the time of exercise are in excess of Momentum’s cash and cash equivalents, and short term and long term investments. The Purchase Option exercise price is payable in cash.

Exercise of Purchase Option

      On January 29, 2002, the Company exercised its option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum for $90.0 million in cash. The transaction is expected to be completed by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals, and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, based on their fair values. Any portion of the purchase price allocated to in-process research and development will be charged to expense during the first quarter of 2002, the period in which the transaction is expected to close. The valuation to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired has not been completed. Accordingly, the Company cannot estimate the amount of the in-process research and development charge, but does not anticipate that it will be a significant portion of the purchase price. Refer to footnote 18 “Subsequent Events” for more information about Momentum.

11. Other Income, Net

      The following table sets forth the components of “Other income, net” (in thousands):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Interest income
  $ 42,730     $ 42,218     $ 23,526  
Interest expense
    (3,806 )     (4,013 )     (4,107 )
Gain on sale of corporate equity securities
          129,600       51,281  
Other
    (1,321 )     (1,830 )     1,475  
     
     
     
 
 
Other income, net
  $ 37,603     $ 165,975     $ 72,175  
     
     
     
 

12. Per Share Data

      Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share is computed by dividing net income by the sum of weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Common equivalent shares consist of the shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, warrants and convertible subordinated notes, using the treasury stock method. The

F-22


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 191,554     $ 145,691     $ (177,765 )
Denominator:
                       
 
Denominator for basic income (loss) per share — weighted average shares outstanding
    297,999       279,672       263,914  
 
Employee stock options and other
    25,626       23,244       *  
     
     
     
 
 
Denominator for diluted income (loss) per share — adjusted weighted average shares outstanding, assuming exercise of common equivalent shares
    323,625       302,916       263,914  
     
     
     
 
Basic income (loss) per share
  $ 0.64     $ 0.52     $ (0.67 )
     
     
     
 
Diluted income (loss) per share
  $ 0.59     $ 0.48     $ (0.67 )
     
     
     
 

not applicable

      Approximately 12.2 million shares of weighted average common stock equivalents at prices ranging from $35.81 to $49.23 were excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2001 because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares during that period. Approximately 9.3 million shares of weighted average common stock equivalents at prices ranging from $25.91 to $46.50 were excluded from the computation of the diluted earnings per share for 2000 because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares during that period. Common stock equivalents were not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share for 1999 because they would have a dilutive effect on the loss per share.

13. Retirement Plans

      The Company has two defined contribution retirement plans, a qualified plan under the provisions of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Qualified Plan”), that covers all employees and a non-qualified plan which covers employees with earnings over the section 401(a)(17) limit in the previous calendar year (the “Non-Qualified Plan”). Under the terms of the Qualified Plan, participants may contribute varying amounts of their annual compensation (limited to the lesser of 15% of compensation or the section 402(g) limit). The Company matches a portion of qualified employee contributions based upon years of service, up to a maximum of 10% of the employee’s compensation or $10,000 whichever is less, subject to certain vesting provisions based on length of employee service. Company contributions to the Qualified Plan totaled $10.4 million in 2001, $8.3 million in 2000 and $6.9 million in 1999. Under the terms of the Non-Qualified Plan, participants may contribute varying amounts of their annual compensation (up to 100% of compensation). The Company matches a portion of non-qualified employee contributions based upon years of service, up to a maximum of 10% of the employee’s compensation or $10,000 whichever is less, subject to certain vesting provisions based on length of employee service. The Company’s matching contributions to the Non-Qualified Plan totaled $1.0 million in 2001, $0.4 million in 2000 and $0.2 million in 1999.

F-23


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Income Taxes

      The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following components (in thousands):

                             
2001 2000 1999



Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 4,908     $ 70,860     $ 32,266  
 
State
    5,274       13,026       7,970  
 
Foreign
    27,553       17,261       12,336  
     
     
     
 
      37,735       101,147       52,572  
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    52,585       4,162       (24,817 )
 
State
    4,794       (7,128 )     (7,698 )
 
Foreign
    2,907       (6,665 )     (8,690 )
     
     
     
 
      60,286       (9,631 )     (41,205 )
     
     
     
 
   
Provision for income taxes
  $ 98,021     $ 91,516     $ 11,367  
     
     
     
 

      The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s income before taxes for the years ended December 31, as follows (in thousands):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Income tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate
  $ 101,351     $ 83,022     $ (58,295 )
State income tax, net of federal tax effect
    7,736       5,756       (1,199 )
Income from tax-advantaged investments
    (9,934 )     (7,804 )     (4,409 )
Research and development tax credit
    (5,357 )     (6,183 )     (7,641 )
Non-recurring items
    (1,711 )     5,261       69,442  
Change in valuation allowance
    (1,797 )     2,695       4,615  
Other
    7,733       8,769       8,854  
     
     
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 98,021     $ 91,516     $ 11,367  
     
     
     
 

F-24


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

      Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for federal and state income taxes at December 31, consisted of the following (in thousands):

                     
2001 2000


Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Deferred revenue, net
  $ 41,578     $ 52,073  
 
Depreciation
    2,945       9,594  
 
Accrued compensation
    12,114       13,867  
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    7,709       12,208  
 
Net operating losses and tax credits
    158,097       57,899  
 
Capitalized foreign research and development costs
    10,810       15,252  
 
Other
    53,888       24,495  
     
     
 
   
Total deferred tax assets
    287,141       185,388  
   
Valuation allowance
    (26,704 )     (21,447 )
     
     
 
   
Net deferred tax asset
    260,437       163,941  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Capitalized expenses
    (14,907 )     (10,561 )
 
Deferred benefits not recognized
    (60,474 )     (53,137 )
 
Other
    (32,036 )     (21,908 )
     
     
 
   
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (107,417 )     (85,606 )
     
     
 
   
Total net deferred tax asset
  $ 153,020     $ 78,335  
     
     
 
                     
2001 2000


Recorded as:
               
 
Current U.S. deferred tax assets
  $ 55,311     $ 57,972  
 
Current foreign deferred tax assets
    2,777       1,242  
 
Noncurrent U.S. deferred tax assets
    84,122       3,869  
 
Noncurrent foreign deferred tax assets
    10,810       15,252  
     
     
 
   
Total net deferred taxes
  $ 153,020     $ 78,335  
     
     
 

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheet consistent with the classification of the related asset or liability.

      For the year ended December 31, 2001 the valuation allowance increased by $5.3 million. The increase consisted of a $7.1 million increase attributable to stock option deductions, which were recorded directly in equity. Partially offsetting the increase was a $1.8 million decrease primarily related to the net utilization of foreign net operating losses in carryforward. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the valuation allowance increased by $2.7 million primarily as a result of establishing allowances on net operating losses incurred in foreign jurisdictions and other foreign tax benefits as well as on operating loss carryforwards in state jurisdictions of acquired companies. Management believes future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the deferred tax benefit of the deferred tax assets.

      At December 31, 2001, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $168.3 million. These losses expire in various years between 2011 and 2021 and are subject to limitations on their utilization. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $152.4 million, expiring in various years between 2002 and 2021, which are also subject to limitations on their utilization. The Company has net operating loss carryforwards in certain foreign jurisdictions of approximately $45.6 million, which expire in various years. The Company has credit carryforwards of approximately $73.1 million. The expiration periods for those credits with such statutory provisions are between 2002 and 2021.

F-25


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.     Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

      Under a stockholder rights plan established in 1995, every share of common stock carries the right (a “Right”), under certain circumstances, to purchase equity securities of the Company or an acquiring company. Ten days after a tender offer or acquisition of 20% or more of the Company’s common stock, each Right may be exercised for $190 (“Exercise Price”) to purchase one one-thousandth of one share of the Company’s Series A Participating Preferred Stock. Each one one-thousandth of each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock will generally be afforded economic rights similar to one share of the Company’s common stock. In addition, each Right entitles the holder to purchase common stock of the Company with a fair value of twice the Exercise Price or, in certain circumstances, securities of the acquiring company for the Exercise Price. Each Right expires in February 2005, and, during specified periods, the Company may redeem or exchange each Right for $0.01 or one share of common stock.

Common Stock

      The Company has never paid cash dividends on its common stock. At December 31, 2001, 76,226,179 authorized but unissued shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Company’s stock plans.

Stock Dividend

      In December 1998, the Company declared a stock dividend of one share of Momentum Business Applications, Inc. (“Momentum”) Class A Common Stock for every fifty shares of PeopleSoft common stock held as of December 31, 1998, resulting in 4.7 million shares being distributed. The Company’s stockholders were not required to pay cash or other consideration for the Momentum shares received. No fractional shares were distributed. The distribution was taxable as a dividend to each holder in the amount of the fair market value of the Momentum Business Applications shares distributed to each shareholder. The average market value of the shares on January 16, 1999, the first day of trading, was $16.75.

Stock Plans

1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      Under the 1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), eligible employees may purchase common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, which commences on each January 1st and July 1st. Participation in the offering is limited to the lesser of 10% of an employee’s compensation or $21,250 per year, may be terminated at any time by the employee and automatically ends upon termination of employment with the Company. A total of 13,036,221 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan of which 2,771,994 shares were available for issuance as of December 31, 2001. Shares issued under this plan were, 1,545,148 in 2001, 1,674,470 in 2000 and 1,755,442 in 1999. In January 2002, 492,029 shares were issued in connection with the offering period ended December 31, 2001.

Stock Option Plans

      Pursuant to the 2001 Stock Plan, incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and stock purchase rights may be granted. A total of 6,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this Plan. The exercise price of each stock option and the price of the stock for the stock purchase right shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the award is granted. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting for all awards generally occurs at a rate of 25%-33% per year from the date of grant.

F-26


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

      Pursuant to the 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, employees and consultants, who are not directors or officers, may be granted non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. A total of 10,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this Plan. The exercise price of each nonstatutory stock option generally is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting generally occurs at a rate of 25%-50% per year from the date of the grant.

      Pursuant to the 1989 Stock Plan, incentive and non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted. A total of 144,244,932 shares have been reserved for issuance under this Plan. The exercise price of each incentive and non-qualified stock option shall not be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting generally occurs at the rate of 25%-50% per year from the date of grant.

      In connection with the merger with Vantive in 1999 and the acquisitions of SkillsVillage in 2001, Advanced Planning Solutions, Inc. in 2000, TriMark in 1999, Distinction in 1999, Intrepid in 1998 and Red Pepper in 1996, PeopleSoft assumed all of the outstanding stock options of the respective stock plans of these companies, including any shares assumed by those companies in mergers and/or acquisitions. These options retain all of the rights, terms and conditions of the respective plans under which they were originally granted.

      Upon consummation of the merger with Vantive on December 31, 1999, approximately 392,206 options issued under the Vantive Stock Option Plan became immediately exercisable due to a change in ownership provision.

Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

      In 1999, 500,000 shares of restricted stock were granted to the Chief Executive Officer. These shares vest over 4 years. The shares carry voting and dividend rights; however, sales of the shares are restricted prior to vesting. The Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of his employment except under certain limited circumstances under which the award becomes fully vested.

F-27


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Combined Stock Option Activity

      Option and share activity under the 1989 Stock Plan, the 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Stock Plan, including the options assumed by PeopleSoft as a result of mergers and acquisitions, and the options canceled and granted as a result of the December 14, 1998 option repricing and the Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, is as follows:

                   
Weighted Average
Exercise Price Shares


Balances at December 31, 1998
  $ 11.79       48,683,647  
 
Granted
    12.99       29,691,322  
 
Exercised
    4.05       (10,420,282 )
 
Canceled
    13.93       (13,191,859 )
             
 
Balances at December 31, 1999
  $ 13.41       54,762,828  
 
Granted
    18.82       37,312,431  
 
Exercised
    10.58       (15,243,931 )
 
Canceled
    15.49       (13,114,215 )
             
 
Balances at December 31, 2000
  $ 17.04       63,717,113  
 
Granted
    32.32       17,325,316  
 
Exercised
    14.28       (16,710,317 )
 
Canceled
    20.96       (4,402,893 )
             
 
Balances at December 31, 2001
  $ 21.89       59,929,219  
             
 

      The exercise prices for the above grants range from $0.001 to $49.23. At December 31, 2001, options to purchase 19,957,079 shares were exercisable and options to purchase 11,610,716 shares were available for grant.

1992 Directors’ Stock Option Plan

      Under the 1992 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, directors who are not officers or employees may receive nonstatutory options to purchase shares of common stock. A total of 2,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan and, as of December 31, 2001, options to purchase 823,000 shares with exercise prices of $1.77 to $39.00 per share have been granted. Options granted under this plan were, 60,000 in 2001, 124,000 in 2000 and 45,000 in 1999. At December 31, 2001, options to purchase 160,750 shares were exercisable, 227,250 were outstanding, 110,000 were cancelled and options for 1,687,000 were available for grant. The exercise price of each nonstatutory stock option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting occurs over one to four years from the date of grant.

Stock-based Compensation

      As permitted under SFAS 123, the Company has elected to continue to follow APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for stock-based awards to employees. Under APB Opinion No. 25, the Company generally recognizes no compensation expense with respect to such awards, since the exercise price of the stock options granted are generally equal to the fair market value of the underlying security on the grant date.

      Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by SFAS 123 for awards granted after December 31, 1994 as if the Company had accounted for its stock-based awards to employees under the fair value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards to employees was estimated as of the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Limitations on the effectiveness of the Black-Scholes option valuation model are that it was developed for use in estimating the

F-28


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable and that the model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s stock-based awards to employees have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its stock-based awards to employees. The fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards to employees was estimated assuming no expected dividends and the following weighted-average assumptions:

                                                 
ESPP Options


2001 2000 1999 2001 2000 1999






Expected life (in years)
    0.50       0.50       0.50       2.88       2.43       3.55  
Expected volatility
    0.70       0.65       0.42       0.70       0.65       0.42  
Risk free interest rate
    3.45 %     6.22 %     4.68 %     4.55 %     6.22 %     5.43 %

      For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards to employees is amortized over the vesting period for options and the six-month purchase period for stock purchases under the ESPP. The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands, except for income per share information):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Net income (loss)
                       
 
As reported
  $ 191,554     $ 145,691     $ (177,765 )
 
Pro forma
  $ 67,006     $ 57,970     $ (263,274 )
Basic income (loss) per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.64     $ 0.52     $ (0.67 )
 
Pro forma
  $ 0.22     $ 0.21     $ (1.00 )
Diluted income (loss) per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.59     $ 0.48     $ (0.67 )
 
Pro forma
  $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ (1.00 )

      The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $15.09, $8.21 and $6.61 per share, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of the ESPP during 2001, 2000, and 1999 was $8.23, $6.46 and $4.45 per share, respectively.

      The following table summarizes information concerning all outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2001:

                                         
Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable
Weighted Average
Remaining Weighted Weighted
Range of Exercise Number of Contractual Average Number of Average
Prices Shares Life (Years) Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price






$ 0.001 – 10.00
    1,332,535       4.15     $ 5.99       708,053     $ 9.58  
10.01 – 15.00
    23,407,311       7.65       13.72       9,539,246       13.70  
15.01 – 20.00
    9,314,173       6.84       17.84       4,309,204       17.98  
20.01 – 30.00
    11,113,027       8.63       24.86       3,322,712       24.79  
30.01 – 49.23
    14,989,423       8.98       36.31       2,238,614       35.72  
     
                     
         
      60,156,469                       20,117,829          
     
                     
         

F-29


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Warrants

      In November 1995, the Company received $21.8 million through the private placement of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In November 1997, the Company issued 942,880 shares of common stock pursuant to the net exercise of warrants to purchase 1,600,000 shares of common stock at $13.75 per share. In March 1999, the Company issued 572,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the net exercise of warrants to purchase 1,600,000 warrants with an exercise price of $13.75 per share and 1,600,000 warrants with an exercise price of $16.88 per share. In November 1999, the Company issued 77,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the net exercise of warrants to purchase 1,600,000 warrants with an exercise price of $16.88 per share, at which time 1,600,000 warrants with an exercise price of $19.38 per share were forfeited.

      During 1999, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. This warrant had an exercise price of $12.69 per share and an expiration date of May 11, 2006. In May 2000, the Company issued 2,718 shares of common stock pursuant to the net exercise of the warrant.

Common Stock Repurchase Program

      In August 2000, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock, at management’s discretion, of up to $100.0 million. Shares repurchased under the stock repurchase program are used to offset the dilutive effect of the Company’s stock option and stock purchase plans. The Company’s repurchases of shares of common stock are recorded as treasury stock and result in a reduction of stockholders’ equity. During 2000, a total of 384,000 shares were repurchased for a total of $15.0 million. During 2001, a total of 805,000 shares were repurchased for a total of $20.0 million.

16. Segment and Geographic Areas

      The Company identified its chief executive officer (“CEO”) as the chief operating decision maker for the period ended December 31, 2001. The Company’s CEO evaluated revenue performance based on two segments: North America, which includes operations in the U.S. and Canada, and International, which includes operations in all other geographic regions. Data for the two segments is presented below. Employee headcount and operating costs are managed by functional areas, rather than by revenue segments, and are only reviewed by the CEO on a company-wide basis. In addition, the Company does not account for or report to the CEO its assets or capital expenditures by any segment other than the segments disclosed below. The accounting policies for each of the reportable segments shown below are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

F-30


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

      The following table presents a summary of operating information and certain year-end balance sheet information for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                           
2001 2000 1999



Revenues from unaffiliated customers:
                       
 
North America
  $ 1,583,059     $ 1,350,859     $ 1,142,132  
 
International
    490,194       385,614       287,014  
     
     
     
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 2,073,253     $ 1,736,473     $ 1,429,146  
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss):
                       
 
North America
  $ 165,488     $ 57,025     $ (219,673 )
 
International
    86,484       14,207       (18,900 )
     
     
     
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 251,972     $ 71,232     $ (238,573 )
     
     
     
 
Identifiable assets:
                       
 
North America
  $ 2,228,681     $ 1,728,768     $ 1,571,121  
 
International
    319,324       256,382       131,169  
     
     
     
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 2,548,005     $ 1,985,150     $ 1,702,290  
     
     
     
 

      Revenues from the Europe-Middle-East-Africa region represented 14% of total revenues in 2001 and 13% of total revenues in both 2000 and 1999. No other international region had revenues equal to or greater than 10% of total revenues in 2001, 2000 or 1999. Revenues originated in each individual foreign country were less than 5% of total revenues during 2001, 2000 and 1999.

      Revenues attributable to the U.S. were $1,496.0 million in 2001, $1,278.3 million in 2000 and $1,098.5 million in 1999.

17. Business Combinations

      These following acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations of each acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date, and the related assets and liabilities were recorded based upon their relative fair values at the date of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for any of the acquisitions because the effects of these acquisitions were not significant to the Company on either an individual or an aggregate basis. In addition to the 2001 acquisition of SkillsVillage, Inc., discussed below, the Company entered into a transaction to acquire technology from Cohera Corporation, which was not significant to the Company’s financial statements. During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Company completed the following acquisitions.

SkillsVillage, Inc.

      On May 31, 2001, the Company acquired the assets and assumed liabilities of SkillsVillage, Inc. (“SkillsVillage”), through a business combination accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets acquired included technology to automate the process of procuring and managing contract services. The aggregate purchase price of $31.5 million included the issuance of 398,029 shares of common stock with a fair value of $16.1 million, the issuance of options to SkillsVillage employees to purchase common stock with a fair value of $2.2 million, and cash payments of $13.2 million. Terms of the business combination called for $2.4 million in cash and shares of common stock to be placed into escrow for a period of 12 months to satisfy certain liabilities or claims. After the term of the escrow has elapsed, escrow amounts will be accounted for as additional purchase price and any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be distributed to former SkillsVillage shareholders.

F-31


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

      The Company allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $21.7 million to goodwill, $4.8 million to completed products and technology, $1.9 million to in-process research and development, and $0.8 million to assembled workforce. As of the acquisition date, the technological feasibility of the in-process technology had not been established and had no alternative future use and the Company expensed the $1.9 million in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The capitalized intangible assets are being amortized based on their estimated useful lives of four years.

      In performing this allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, its intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of SkillsVillage’s products. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using discount rates of 18% and 23% for developed and in-process technology, respectively. These discount rates were determined after consideration of the Company’s rate of return on debt capital and equity, the weighted average return on invested capital, and the risk associated with achieving forecasted sales. Associated risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      The Company’s projections may ultimately prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs to develop such projects will transpire as estimated.

Distinction Software, Inc.

      In August 1999, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Distinction Software, Inc. (“Distinction”), a supply chain management software company. The Company paid an aggregate purchase price of $15.2 million. Significant components of the purchase price included issuance of shares of common stock with a fair value of $11.9 million, issuance of options to purchase common stock with a fair value of $0.1 million, to Distinction employees, and forgiveness of debt in the amount of $3.2 million.

      The Company allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $3.0 million to completed products and technology, $0.1 million to assembled workforce, $1.1 million to customer list and $11.1 million to goodwill. The capitalized intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of two to four years.

      In performing this allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of Distinction’s products. The Company determined that technological feasibility had been reached for the products acquired and, therefore, none of the purchase price was allocated to in-process research and development. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using a discount rate of 22% for developed technology. This discount rate was determined after consideration of the Company’s cost of capital, the weighted average return on assets, venture capital rates of return, and revenue growth assumptions. Associated risks include achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      The Company’s projections may ultimately prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances are likely to occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs to develop such projects will transpire as estimated.

TriMark Technologies, Inc.

      In May 1999, PeopleSoft acquired the assets and assumed certain liabilities of TriMark Technologies, Inc. (“TriMark”), through a business combination accounted for as a purchase. The assets acquired included Transcend, TriMark’s UNIX based client/server administration solution for annuity and life insurance

F-32


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

processing. Significant components of the aggregate purchase price of $29.9 million included issuance of shares of common stock with a fair value of $18.1 million, issuance to TriMark employees of options to purchase common stock with a fair value of $8.2 million, and forgiveness of debt of $3.6 million.

      PeopleSoft allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired to the following intangible assets: $10.6 million to completed products and technology, $4.9 million to customer list, $0.4 million to assembled workforce, and $14.1 million to goodwill. The capitalized intangible assets were to be amortized over their estimated useful lives of three to five years.

      In performing this allocation, PeopleSoft considered, among other factors, its intentions for future use of the acquired assets and analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of TriMark’s product. PeopleSoft determined that technological feasibility had been reached for the Transcend product prior to the date of acquisition and therefore, none of the purchase price was allocated to in-process research and development. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using a discount rate of 20% for developed technology. This discount rate was determined after consideration of PeopleSoft’s cost of capital, the weighted average return on assets, venture capital rates of return, and revenue growth assumptions. Associated risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

      The Company integrated the completed products and technology acquired from TriMark into its PeopleSoft Insurance Administration (IA) product, which became available during June of 1999. However, PeopleSoft was not able to conclude any sales of the IA product since the TriMark acquisition. During the third quarter of 2000, PeopleSoft decided that it would cease any further development, marketing and sales efforts on the IA product. Consequently, PeopleSoft did not expect any future cash flows from the IA product, resulting in an impairment of the unamortized cost of the following intangible assets acquired during the TriMark acquisition: capitalized software ($7.5 million), customer list ($3.8 million) and goodwill ($12.9 million). As a result, PeopleSoft recorded product exit charges in the amount of $24.2 million in the third quarter of 2000.

18. Subsequent Events

Momentum Business Applications

      On January 29, 2002, pursuant to Momentum’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, the Company exercised its option to purchase one hundred percent of the outstanding Class A Common Stock of Momentum. The price of the option, if exercised prior to February 15, 2002, is $90.0 million. The $90 million purchase price will be paid in cash. The transaction is expected to close by March 31, 2002, subject to obtaining necessary governmental approvals, and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, based on their fair values. Any portion of the purchase price allocated to in-process research and development will be charged to expense during the first quarter of 2002, the period in which the transaction is expected to close. The valuation to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired has not been completed. Accordingly, the Company cannot estimate the amount of the in-process research and development charge, but the Company does not anticipate that it will be a significant portion of the purchase price. See complete disclosure of this transaction and related agreements in Momentum Business Applications footnote detailed above.

Annuncio Software, Inc.

      On January 11, 2002, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the intellectual property and certain assets of Annuncio Software, Inc. (“Annuncio”). The total cash purchase price is expected to be approximately $25.5 million. Annuncio, a privately held company, has a leading

F-33


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

marketing automation solution for email and web customer interaction. The transaction was completed in the Company’s first quarter and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, based on their fair values. Any portion of the purchase price allocated to in-process research and development will be charged to expense during the first quarter, the period in which the transaction is expected to close. The valuation to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired has not been completed. Accordingly, the Company cannot estimate the amount of the in-process research and development charge, but does not anticipate that it will be a significant portion of the purchase price.

Vantive Securities Class Actions

      On March 15, 2002, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal affirmed the district court’s March 21, 2000 ruling granting the Company’s motion to strike and dismiss with prejudice a series of securities class action lawsuits filed beginning on July 6, 1999 against Vantive. The securities class action lawsuits were consolidated and a First Consolidated Amended Complaint was filed by plaintiffs on November 15, 1999 alleging that Vantive and certain current and former directors and officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and alleging accounting improprieties. The plaintiffs have ninety (90) days following the entry of the Ninth Circuit Court’s order of dismissal to petition for review by the U.S. Supreme Court.

F-34


 

PEOPLESOFT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(Unaudited)

      Summarized quarterly supplemental consolidated financial information for 2001 and 2000 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                 
Quarter Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,




2001(a)
                               
Total revenues
  $ 503,088     $ 532,652     $ 509,353     $ 528,160  
Operating income
    46,131       57,693       67,743       80,405  
Net income
    36,058       47,381       50,345       57,770  
Basic income per share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.16     $ 0.17     $ 0.19  
Shares used in basic per share computation
    290,187       296,104       302,153       303,739  
Diluted income per share
  $ 0.11     $ 0.15     $ 0.16     $ 0.18  
Shares used in diluted per share
computation
    315,011       318,601       322,323       323,081  
2000(a)
                               
Total revenues
  $ 375,419     $ 420,154     $ 443,120     $ 497,780  
Operating income (loss)
    8,539       16,149       (10,153 )     56,697  
Net income
    16,785       15,948       68,732       44,226  
Basic income per share
  $ 0.06     $ 0.06     $ 0.24     $ 0.15  
Shares used in basic per share computation
    273,661       277,053       281,438       285,773  
Diluted income per share
  $ 0.06     $ 0.06     $ 0.23     $ 0.14  
Shares used in diluted per share computation
    291,953       280,609       304,895       315,576  

(a)  No cash dividends have been declared or paid in any period presented.

F-35


 

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In thousands)
                                           
Charged
Beginning to Statement Write-offs/ Acquisitions Ending
Balance of Operations Deductions and Other Balance





Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                                       
 
Year ended December 31, 2001
  $ 38,928     $ 16,642     $ (25,033 )   $ (2,877 )   $ 27,660  
 
Year ended December 31, 2000
  $ 45,794     $ 3,205     $ (6,023 )   $ (4,048 )   $ 38,928  
 
Year ended December 31, 1999
  $ 42,370     $ 6,748     $ (4,621 )   $ 1,297     $ 45,794  

F-36


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     
Exhibit
Number Description


3.6
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of PeopleSoft, Inc. dated February 26, 2002.
10.5
  Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan dated as of September 27, 2001
10.45
  Employment Contract between Guy Dubois and PeopleSoft France S.A., dated as of January 1, 2000, and addendums thereto dated as of January 1, 2000, and January 1, 2001.
21.1
  Subsidiaries of PeopleSoft, Inc.
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.2
  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants.
24
  Power of Attorney (see the Signatures page to this Form 10-K).
99.1
  Letter to the Commission.

F-37 EX-3.6 3 f80042ex3-6.txt EXHIBIT 3.6 Exhibit 3.6 BY-LAWS OF PEOPLESOFT, INC. (As Amended and Restated February 26, 2002) ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES 1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is The Corporation Trust Company. 1.2 OTHER OFFICES The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business. ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any such meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. If authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication (a) participate in a meeting of stockholders, and (b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the -1- corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation. 2.2 ANNUAL MEETING The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted. 2.3 SPECIAL MEETING A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting. No business may be conducted at a special meeting other than the business brought before the meeting by the board of directors or the chairman of the board or the president. 2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, the date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which the stockholders or proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. 2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's post office or street address as it appears on the records of the corporation, and if transmitted by electronic means, is given when such electronic transmission is transmitted to the stockholder at such stockholder's electronic mail address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice shall be deemed to have been given to all stockholders of record who share a post office or street or electronic mail address if notice is given in accordance with the "householding" rules set forth in Rule 14a-3(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"). -2- 2.6 QUORUM The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. 2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in the manner set forth in Section 2.5. 2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The board of directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the board of directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting and matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the board of directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. 2.9 VOTING The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements). Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. 2.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. 2.11 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this chapter to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. 2.12 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If the board of directors does not so fix a record date: (i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. (ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. 2.13 PROXIES Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. 2.14 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the post office or street address, or electronic mail address if applicable, of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. 2.15 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the discretion of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event less than thirty (30) days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (v) any other information relating to such person that is required by law to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies that is required by law to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, and (vi) such person's written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such stockholder, and (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder, and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to the nomination. At the request of the board of directors any person nominated by the board for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these by-laws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. 2.16 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS At the annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (a) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. Business to be brought before the meeting by a stockholder shall not be considered properly brought if the stockholder has not given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the date on which the corporation first mailed proxy materials for the prior year's annual meeting; provided, however, that if the corporation's annual meeting of stockholders occurs on a date more than thirty (30) days earlier or later than the corporation's prior year's annual meeting, then the corporation's board of directors shall determine a date a reasonable period prior to the corporation's annual meeting of stockholders by which date the stockholder's notice must be delivered and publicize such date in a filing pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or via press release. Such publication shall occur at least ten (10) days prior to the date set by the board of directors. A stockholder's notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation, which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (v) any other information that is required by law to be provided by the stockholder in his capacity as proponent of a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. ARTICLE III DIRECTORS 3.1 POWERS Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors. 3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS The Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) persons until changed by a proper amendment of this Section 3.2. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director's term of office expires. 3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting unless specified otherwise in the certificate of incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot. 3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws: (i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. (ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable. 3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. 3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board. 3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two (2) directors. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, or by electronic transmission, addressed to each director at that director's post office or street address, or electronic mail address if applicable, as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, by telegram, or by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company or by electronic transmission at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. 3.8 QUORUM At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting. 3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws. 3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. 3.11 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. 3.12 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute. 3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that, so long as stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office. ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES 4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the by-laws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the by-laws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. 4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required. 4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone), Section 3.6 (Regular Meetings), Section 3.7 (Special Meetings; Notice), Section 3.8 (Quorum), Section 3.9 (Waiver of Notice), and Section 3.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws. ARTICLE V OFFICERS 5.1 OFFICERS The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. 5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be appointed by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. 5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these by-laws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine. 5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party. 5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors. 5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws. 5.7 PRESIDENT Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. The president shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. The president shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws. 5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these by-laws, the president or the chairman of the board. 5.9 SECRETARY The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their post office or street addresses or electronic addresses, if applicable, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these by-laws. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these by-laws. 5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director. The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws. The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. 5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws. 5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws. 5.13 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority. 5.14 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders. ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY 6.1 THIRD PARTY ACTIONS The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. 6.2 ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI, no person shall be indemnified hereunder for any expenses or amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action to recover short-swing profits under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended. 6.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection therewith. 6.4 DETERMINATION OF CONDUCT Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that the indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2. Such determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors or the executive committee, if any, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding or (2) or if such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be entitled to contest any determination that the director, officer, employee or agent has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 by petitioning a court of competent jurisdiction. 6.5 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, by an individual who may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2, shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the individual is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article VI. 6.6 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to the other sections of this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. 6.7 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in any such capacity or arising out of the person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI. 6.8 THE CORPORATION For purposes of this Article VI, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under and subject to the provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation the provisions of Section 6.4) with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as the person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. 6.9 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS For purposes of this Article VI, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Article VI. 6.10 CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS 7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS The corporation shall, either at its principal executive officer or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and post office or street addresses, or electronic mail addresses if applicable, and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these by-laws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business of the corporation to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the post office or street address, or electronic mail address if applicable, of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. 7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper. 7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation. ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS 8.1 CHECKS From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments. 8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these by-laws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount. 8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if the person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon. 8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. 8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner's legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares. 8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these by-laws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person. 8.7 DIVIDENDS The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (i) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the corporation's capital stock. The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies. 8.8 FISCAL YEAR The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors. 8.9 SEAL The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced. 8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books. 8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. 8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware. ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS The by-laws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws. EX-10.5 4 f80042ex10-5.txt EXHIBIT 10.5 Exhibit 10.5 PEOPLESOFT, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2001 STOCK PLAN (Effective as of September 29, 2001) 1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Employee Directors and to promote the success of the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan. 2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply: (a) "Administrator" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof. (b) "Applicable Laws" means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Option, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs or Restricted Stock Awards are granted under the Plan. (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. (d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. (e) "Committee" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof. (f) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company. (g) "Company" means PeopleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation. (h) "Director" means a member of the Board. (i) "Disability" means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. (j) "Employee" means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company. (k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (l) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the day of determination (or if the markets are closed on such day, on the most recent prior trading day), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or if the markets are closed on such day, on the most recent prior trading day; or (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator. (m) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. (n) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. (o) "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. (p) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan. (q) "Option Agreement" means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. (r) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option, SAR, or Stock Purchase Right. (s) "Optionee" means the holder of an outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan. -2- (t) "Parent" means a "parent corporation", whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code. (t) "Plan" means this 2001 Stock Plan. (u) "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 13 below or pursuant to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award under Section 10 below. (v) "Restricted Stock Award" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Restricted Stock Award under Section 10 below. (w) "Restricted Stock Award Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and the Employee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to stock granted under this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. (x) "Stock Appreciation Right or SAR" means an award issued pursuant to Section 11 below. (y) "Service Provider" means an Employee, including an Employee Director. (z) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 below. (aa) "Stock Purchase Right" means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 13 below. (bb) "Subsidiary" means any "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code. 3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option or other award and issued under the Plan is six million (6,000,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award, is forfeited back to the Company, the unpurchased Shares (or for Restricted Stock Awards, the forfeited shares) which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price or forfeited to the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. 4. Administration of the Plan. -3- (a) Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute other members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan. (b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion, and only to the extent consistent with the other provisions of this Plan: (i) to determine the Fair Market Value; (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder; (iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder; (iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan; (v) to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs or Restricted Stock Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions (provided, however, that the Administrator may not discretionarily accelerate the vesting of or waive forfeiture restrictions of Restricted Stock Awards unless stockholder approval of such action is first obtained), and any other restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; (vi) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be bought out in cash under subsection 9(e); (vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws; (viii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, or the Shares of Restricted Stock that vest, that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, and no more in any event. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; -4- (ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan; (x) to modify or amend each agreement granted pursuant to this Plan (subject to Section 16 of the Plan); (xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect a grant of Restricted Stock previously granted by the Administrator; (xii) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock; and (xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. (c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees. 5. Eligibility. (a) Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. (b) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. (c) Neither the Plan nor any Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause. (d) The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options: (i) No Service Provider shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options to purchase more than 1 million Shares. (ii) In connection with his or her initial service, a Service Provider may be granted Options to purchase up to an additional five hundred thousand Shares, which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection (i) above. -5- (iii) The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company's capitalization as described in Section 13. 6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its approval by the Company's stockholders. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan. 7. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. 8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration. (a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant: (b) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. (c) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (4) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (5) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. 9. Exercise of Option. (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to Officers and Directors shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company or its designated broker receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method -6- of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised. (b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan. (c) Disability of Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan. (d) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan. -7- (e) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made. 10. Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the restricted stock is awarded, subject to Section 14 and the following: (i) for vesting solely based on an Optionee continuing as a Service Provider, no more than 1/3 of such awards will vest no earlier than the one (1) year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining Shares will vest quarterly thereafter such that an Optionee will be 100% vested no earlier than the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to continuing employment, or (ii) for vesting based on a hybrid of performance and continuing employment, there will be a minimum employment-based cliff vest of at least one year, i.e., no vesting in any event unless a minimum of one year of service has elapsed from the date of grant. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Restricted Stock Award Agreement as a condition of the award. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement may contain such terms, conditions, representations and warranties as the Administrator may require. The certificates representing the shares of Stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator. 11. Stock Appreciation Rights. (a) Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant. (b) Exercise Price and other Terms. The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan. However, the exercise price of an SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. (c) SAR Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an award agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine (the "Award Agreement"). (d) Expiration of SARs. A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. (e) Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying: (i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times (ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. (f) Payment upon Exercise of SAR. At the discretion of the Administrator, payment for a SAR may be in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. -8- (g) Cash Settlements and Plan Share Allocation. Cash payments of Stock Appreciation Rights as well as Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be applied against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. The number of shares to be applied against such maximum number of shares in such circumstances shall be the number of shares equal to the amount of the cash payment divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. 12. Non-Transferability of Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock Awards. Except as determined otherwise by the Administrator in its discretion, Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. 13. Stock Purchase Rights. (a) Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Stock Purchase Right shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time the Stock Purchase Right is granted. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator. (b) Repurchase Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. (c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. (d) Rights as a Stockholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. 14. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale. (a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase -9- Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award, and the number of shares of Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Option, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs or Restricted Stock Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award, as well as the price per share of Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Stock subject to an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award. (b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. (c) Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR, and Restricted Stock Award (to the extent the Company's right to return of forfeited shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award had not terminated as of the date of closing of the merger or asset sale) shall be assumed or an equivalent option, right or agreement substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that a Restricted Stock Award Agreement is not assumed or substituted, the Company's right to return of forfeited Shares shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger or asset sale. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SARs with respect to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this Section 14(c), the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right -10- confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, to be solely Stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in the merger or sale of assets. For purposes of this Section 14(c), a Restricted Stock Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Restricted Stock Award, for each Share subject to the Restricted Stock Award that was unvested immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, confers the right to receive upon subsequent vesting the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Stock for each Share subject to the Restricted Stock Award on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation provide for the consideration to be received upon the subsequent vesting of the Restricted Stock Award to be solely stock of the successor corporation or it Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in the merger or sale of assets. 15. Time of Granting Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock Awards. The date of grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option, Stock Purchase Right, SAR or Restricted Stock Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant. 16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan. (a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the Board may not materially amend the Stock Plan without obtaining stockholder approval. (b) Stockholder Approval. The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, including Sections 162(m) and 422 of the Code or any similar rule or statute. (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to -11- exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination. 17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR unless the exercise of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. 18. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. 19. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. -12- EX-10.45 5 f80042ex10-45.txt EXHIBIT 10.45 Exhibit 10.45 EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PeopleSoft France S.A., a French Societe Anonyme with a share capital of FF250,000, whose registered office is located at 153, rue de Courcelles - 75817 Paris Cedex 17, registered with the Paris trade and company register under no. B 391 338 076. Represented by Ms. Shelley BUI, duly empowered for the purposes hereof, acting as Human Resources Director, Hereinafter referred to as the Company OF THE FIRST PART AND Mr. Guy Dubois Residing at 8, rue Dupont des Loges 75007 PARIS OF THE SECOND PART It has been agreed as follows: Page 1/10 ARTICLE 1 - EMPLOYMENT Mr. Guy DUBOIS was bound by an employment contract with Vantive UK. He has been seconded to Vantive France since 1 October 1999. Further to the merger between Vantive and PeopleSoft, the employment contract of Mr Guy DUBOIS was transferred from Vantive UK to PeopleSoft UK. This employment contract is entered into in light of the secondment by PeopleSoft UK to PeopleSoft France under the general and specific conditions set forth below. During the period of his secondment in France, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will perform his duties of Executive Vice President PeopleSoft International, position 3.3, coefficient 270, governed by the National Collective Bargaining Agreement applicable to independent research studies, engineering and consulting firms ("Bureaux d'Etudes Techniques, Cabinet d'Ingenieurs-Conseils, Societes de Conseils" (Syntec) (hereinafter referred to as "the Collective Bargaining Agreement"). The duties and responsibilities of Mr. Guy DUBOIS during his secondment will include the following: Position: Executive Vice President PeopleSoft International As such, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will be in charge of managing the resources and operations of the company and group companies, and more particularly developing and increasing revenues. Mr. Guy DUBOIS will perform his duties under the authority of the President of PeopleSoft, Mr. Craig Conway. Any material amendments of the duties defined above will be subject to a written agreement between the parties. ARTICLE 2 - TERM This employment contract is entered into and accepted for an indefinite period as of 1 January 2000. However, Mr. Guy DUBOIS performs his duties within the Company in the framework of a secondment by PeopleSoft UK for an initial period of 3 years which may be extended. ARTICLE 3 - LOCATION Mr. Guy DUBOIS will perform his duties at the registered office of the Company located in Paris (or in the Paris region). In light of the nature of his duties, Mr. Guy DUBOIS expressly accepts the fact that he will have to travel frequently in the territories where the Company carries out its activities as set forth in article 6 below. Page 2/10 ARTICLE 4 - WORK SCHEDULE The Company has adopted the legal weekly work schedule. However, given the wide autonomy in the organization of his working time or in taking decisions and his level of remuneration, Mr. Guy DUBOIS is considered as a senior executive ("cadre dirigeant") within the meaning of the regulation on working time. He shall organise his work schedule as he shall see fit to achieve the set targets. ARTICLE 5 - REMUNERATION In consideration for his duties, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will receive: - - A gross annual base lump sum of US $184,615 converted into French francs at the fixed rate of 1 US $ = FF6.519475, i.e. FRF. 1,203,593, payable in twelve (12) monthly instalments, and - - performance-based commissions in a gross annual amount of US $184,615 based on target achievements, converted into French francs at the fixed rate of 1 US $ = FF6.519475, i.e. FRF. 1,203,593. This remuneration will be paid by bank check or bank or postal transfer at the expiration of each one month period after deduction of the employee's part of the social security contributions due in the UK and possibly due in France. The annual targets and payment terms of this variable part of his salary will be determined annually by the company Management and will be subject to an appendix to this contract, which will be subject to addenda in the event of amendments, if any. The variable portion paid is granted for an annual period of activity, including paid holidays. It is expressly agreed by the parties that it will not be included in the calculation of the compensation of paid holidays. ARTICLE 6 - EXPATRIATION ALLOWANCE Given his duties, Mr Guy DUBOIS will have to carry out assignments outside of France whose duration could reach several weeks over one year. In light of the travels required to perform his duties and specific constraints in connection with said travels, Mr Guy DUBOIS will be entitled to a foreign service premium or "expatriation allowance", in addition to its remuneration set forth in article 5 above. The amount of the allowance and payment terms will be stipulated in appendix 1 of the employment contract. Page 3/10 ARTICLE 7 - PAID HOLIDAYS In accordance with the standard legal provisions, Mr Guy DUBOIS will be entitled to paid holidays, whose duration will be determined based on two and a half business days per month of work. Rights to paid holidays are acquired as of 1 June of the current year until 31 May of the following year. The period of paid holidays will be determined with the agreement of the Company based on the needs of the department. ARTICLE 8 - BUSINESS EXPENSES Mr Guy DUBOIS will be reimbursed for his travel, accommodation and entertainment expenses incurred in the performance of his duties, upon submission of invoices, in accordance with current company policies. However, as Executive Vice President of PeopleSoft International, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will be able to choose his class of travel, including 1st class. Mr. Guy DUBOIS shall not be reimbursed for travel expenses incurred to travel from his residence to the Company's registered office. ARTICLE 9 - COMPANY CAR For the performance of his duties, the Company will make available to Mr. Guy DUBOIS a company car, i.e. a BMW 740 or a car of same value and will bear all the maintenance costs. The Company will also take out an insurance policy for the car and pay the insurance premiums. The car will be available for the entire period of secondment and represents a benefit in kind from a tax and social security point of view. This car can be used for both professional and personal needs. The Company will bear all the costs related to its professional use upon submission of usual invoices. Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes to keep this car in good state of repair and working order. Upon the termination of this contract, Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes to return this car to the Company at the place of work together with the car papers and keys. Mr. Guy DUBOIS will have to promptly inform the Company of any event which occurred in connection with this car, no later than 48 hours of said event to enable the Company to take all the necessary steps. Page 4/10 In the event of an accident, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will comply with the provisions provided by law and his insurance policy in order to ensure that the Company shall always be held harmless. Mr. Guy DUBOIS will have to inform the Company and Insurance Company of any accident which took place while using the car no later than 48 hours after the accident, by register letter with acknowledgement of receipt. ARTICLE 10 - ILLNESS - DISABILITY In case of incapacity to work due to sickness or accident, Mr Guy DUBOIS shall inform the Company as soon as possible within 24 hours, of the reason of his absence and the likely period of said absence. He will provide the Company with a medical certificate as proof of his absence within 48 hours as of the first day of his absence. ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE COVERAGE Since Mr. Guy DUBOIS has been seconded to PeopleSoft France by PeopleSoft UK, he will remain subject to the UK social security scheme in the conditions set forth by EC social security regulation no. 1408/71. Mr. Guy DUBOIS will remain covered for incapacity to work, disability and death by private insurance plans in effect within PeopleSoft UK. As regards medical coverage for himself and his family, he will benefit from the additional health care plan in effect within PeopleSoft France. PeopleSoft UK shall ask for an E 101 certificate from the UK social security agency. ARTICLE 12 - CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes to follow all the instructions and specific instructions given to him. The Company shall make equipment available to Mr. Guy DUBOIS. This equipment will remain the Company property and will have to be returned to the latter either at its request or at the date Mr. Guy DUBOIS returns to the UK, or at the time of the termination of the employment contract regardless of the reason of this termination. All methods, processes and tools used will, under no circumstances, be disclosed to any third party, neither during the performance nor after the expiration of this contract as set forth in article 13. The Company acknowledges having been informed that Mr. Guy DUBOIS will carry out part of his professional activity in the US on behalf of PeopleSoft Inc.. Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes to solely work for PeopleSoft UK, PeopleSoft France and PeopleSoft Inc. Page 5/10 Any violation of one of these clauses will be considered as a fault subject to the final decision of the court. ARTICLE 13 - INTELLECTUAL AND/OR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY RIGHTS If during the performance of his duties, which include an inventive assignment, Mr. Guy DUBOIS creates any invention, whether patentable or not, such as software, programs, formulas, or processes, related to the activities, studies or researches of the Company and likely to be protected, the intellectual or industrial property rights arising thereto will belong as of right to the Company in accordance with articles 75 and 76 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement. However, if without the assistance of the Company, Mr. Guy DUBOIS creates an invention or makes another creation as set forth above, which are not related to the activities, studies or researches of the Company, the intellectual or industrial property rights arising thereto will belong to him. ARTICLE 14 - CONFIDENTIALITY - PROFESSIONAL SECRECY Mr Guy DUBOIS undertakes to keep confidential all documents and information provided to him in the performance of his duties within the Company or disclosed to him by reason of his sole presence in the premises. Mr. Guy DUBOIS represents that he is bound by professional secrecy obligations in accordance with article 77 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement and agrees not to disclose, in any way whatsoever, to anyone outside the Company, the contents, in whole or in part, of the business or technical documents, projects or proposals, plans, studies, designs, creations, software and programs studied or made within the Company on its behalf or on behalf of its clients. The same shall apply to data, information and results arising from work performed at the Company premises or ascertained at the premises of the Company's clients. This confidentiality obligation shall apply during the entire presence of Mr. Guy DUBOIS within the Company and shall extend after the termination of this employment contract, regardless of its reason. ARTICLE 15 - NO HIRING AWAY Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes, for a period of one (1) year as from the date of his actual departure from the Company not to: i. propose to any person who was, at the time of his actual departure or during the twelve (12) months preceding his departure, an employee of the Company, or to attempt by any means, directly or indirectly, to persuade or incite this person to accept another employment or to leave the Company, and Page 6/10 ii. hire or have hired by a third party with whom the employee has business relations, any person who was an employee of the Company at the time of this actual departure or during the twelve (12) months preceding said departure. ARTICLE 16 - NON-COMPETE CLAUSE Mr. Guy DUBOIS agrees not to directly or indirectly carry out an activity likely to compete with that of the Company. In the event of the termination of the employment contract for any reason whatsoever, Mr Guy DUBOIS agrees not to work for the following competing companies: - - Siebel - - Oracle - - SAP The Company reserves itself the right to exempt Mr. Guy DUBOIS from having to fulfil this obligation or to reduce its duration and/or scope. For this purpose, the Company will inform Mr Guy DUBOIS, by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt within height days following the notification of the termination of the employment contract (notice of dismissal, resignation, departure or involuntary retirement, retraining agreement, etc.) of his intention to exempt him from having to fulfil this obligation or to reduce its duration or scope. This non-compete obligation shall apply for a one year period to the entire French territory. ARTICLE 17 - NOTICE PERIOD - SEVERANCE PAY Either party can terminate the employment contract entered into for an indefinite term provided that a three (3) month notice has been served, except in the case of serious misconduct, gross misconduct or force majeure, giving rise to a compensation in lieu of notice distinct from severance pay, which will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement. The termination will have to be notified by hand-delivered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or by registered letter, return receipt requested in the event of a termination at the initiative of the Employee and by registered letter, return receipt requested in the event of a termination at the initiative of the Company. The notice period will start at the date of first presentation of said letter. If the Company decides to terminate this contract in accordance with this article, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will be entitled to severance pay, including any compensation he could claim under French law or the Collective Bargaining Agreement, in an amount equal to nine (9) months of gross base salary and of commissions (based on amounts set forth in article 5 above) including the expatriation allowance defined in article 6 above. Page 7/10 It is stipulated that no severance pay of any kind whatsoever is due if the employee was dismissed for gross or serious misconduct ("faute grave" and "faute lourde"). The severance pay set forth herein will not be due if Mr. Guy DUBOIS is re-deployed within PeopleSoft UK or if the employment contract is terminated on his initiative. ARTICLE 18 - REINSTATEMENT CLAUSE At the end of his secondment to France, for any reason whatsoever, Mr. Guy DUBOIS will be reinstated within the UK company, PeopleSoft UK. In the absence of any available position, PeopleSoft UK may decide to terminate the employment contract, in accordance with the provisions under UK law. In such case, the provisions set forth in article 16 above related to notice period and severance pay will apply to Mr. Guy DUBOIS. Redeployment to another position in the UK or within another group company will automatically entail the termination of this employment contract by mutual agreement without any compensation. ARTICLE 19 - MISCELLANEOUS This employment contract cancels and supersedes any previous undertaking or written or verbal undertaking related to this contract. Mr. Guy DUBOIS undertakes to promptly notify any change of his personal situation. As regards all the points not stipulated in this contract, the parties will refer to French law, the Collective Bargaining Agreement and current Company practices. ARTICLE 20 - GOVERNING LAW This employment contract is governed by French law. Executed in Paris On In two originals Signature of both parties preceded by the hand-written notation "Lu et approuve" (read and approved) - ------------------------------- ---------------------------- For PeopleSoft France S.A., Mr. Guy Dubois Mrs. Shelley BUI Human Resource Director Page 8/10 APPENDIX 1: EXPATRIATION ALLOWANCE The expatriation allowance set forth in article 6 will be calculated on the basis of a percentage determined by the number of days spent abroad which will be applied to the sum of the gross base salary and gross annual performance-based commissions due to the Employee in accordance with article 5 set forth above. At the date hereof, the parties provide that the Employee will spend at least 90 days per year abroad thereby giving rise to the payment of an expatriation allowance calculated on the basis of a rate of 30%. For the year 2000, this expatriation premium will amount to US $110,770, i.e. FRF722,162 based on salary and performance-based commissions as set forth in article 5 above. This allowance will be paid every month as an advance. If the Employee does not meet the condition related to the number of days, the advances made will have to be reimbursed by the Employee at the latest on 31 January of the following year. The Employee will have to record his travels on an internal document provided for this purpose and to keep all substantiating documents related to said travels. CALCULATION BASIS: Number of days spent abroad per year Rate 20 to 30 days 5 - 9% 30 to 45 days 8 - 14% 46 to 60 days 12 - 19% 60 to 75 days 16 - 23% 75 to 90 days 20 - 28% beyond 90 days 30% The term "day" means any day, including business day or bank holiday, except for days included in the period of paid holidays. One day is considered as being spent abroad: - - when fully spent abroad, or - - when the departure, leaving from France to abroad, occurs in the morning, or - - when the departure, returning to France from abroad, occurs in the afternoon. The term "abroad" means any location outside Metropolitan France and the overseas departments. Page 9/10 AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PeopleSoft France S.A., a French Societe Anonyme with a share capital of FF250,000, whose registered office is located at 153, rue de Courcelles - 75817 Paris Cedex 17, registered with the Paris trade and company register under no. B 391 338 076. Represented by Ms. Shelley BUI, duly empowered for the purposes hereof, acting as Human Resources Director, Hereinafter referred to as the Company OF THE FIRST PART AND Mr. Guy Dubois Residing at 8, rue Dupont des Loges 75007 PARIS OF THE SECOND PART WITNESSETH: Since 1 January 2000, Mr. Guy DUBOIS has, in addition to the employment contract with PeopleSoft France performed within the framework of his secondment by PeopleSoft UK, an employment contract with PeopleSoft Inc. in the US for businesses engaged in said country. In addition, under his secondment to France, PeopleSoft UK, PeopleSoft France and Mr. Guy DUBOIS have agreed on a gross annual salary package defined as set forth below in accordance with article 5 of his employment contract, i.e.: - - gross base remuneration, - - performance-based commissions, - - and additional remuneration defined as expatriation allowance and subject to the provisions of article 81.A.III of the French tax code based on days worked abroad. Page 2 THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS: Article 1: The total gross annual remuneration as well as the performance-based commissions and expatriation allowance, which will be effectively due to Mr. Guy DUBOIS under the employment contracts set forth above for a given year shall, under no circumstance, be lower than US $600,000.00, based on target achievements, including US $300,000.00 for the fixed part of the remuneration and US $300,000.00 for the variable part of the remuneration based on target achievements, converted into French Francs at the fixed rate of 1 US $ = FF 6.519475. Article 2: In the event of the termination of the employment contract with PeopleSoft Inc. and the termination of the employment contract with PeopleSoft France for any reason whatsoever, the gross annual salary of Mr. Guy DUBOIS will correspond, in any event, to the gross annual salary provided in article 1 herein. Article 3: This agreement is entered into for an indefinite period and will become automatically null at the date of termination of the employment contracts specified above. This agreement is confidential in nature and both the Company and Mr. Guy DUBOIS expressly undertake not to disclose the content to third parties, except for courts which have jurisdiction to hear labour disputes. Executed in Paris On .... In two originals Signature of both parties preceded by the hand-written notation "lu et approuve" (read and approved) - ------------------------------- ---------------------------- For PeopleSoft France S.A., Mr. Guy Dubois Mrs Shelley BUI Human Resources Director ADDENDUM TO THE EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PeopleSoft France S.A., a French Societe Anonyme with a share capital of FF250,000, whose registered office is located at 153, rue de Courcelles - 75817 Paris Cedex 17, registered with the Paris trade and company register under no. B 391 338 076. Represented by Ms. Shelley BUI, duly empowered for the purposes hereof, acting as Human Resources Director, Hereinafter referred to as the Company OF THE FIRST PART AND Mr. Guy Dubois Residing at 8, rue Dupont des Loges 75007 PARIS OF THE SECOND PART It has been agreed as follows: Page 1/2 As of 1 January 2001, the gross annual remuneration of Mr. Guy DUBOIS shall be broken down as follows: - - A gross annual base lump sum of US $215,385 converted into French francs at the fixed rate of 1 US $ = FRF 7.044968, i.e. FRF. 1,517,380 payable in twelve (12) monthly instalments, and - - performance-based commissions in a gross annual amount of US $246,154 based on target achievements, converted into French francs at the fixed rate of 1 US $ = FRF 7.044968, i.e. FRF. 1,734,147. In light of this increase, the expatriation allowance referred to in article 6 and appendix 1 of Mr Guy DUBOIS' employment contract will amount to US $138,461, i.e. FRF. 975,453 based on the salary and performance-based commissions, as from January 1, 2001. Executed in Paris On In two originals Signature of both parties preceded by the hand-written notation "lu et approuve" (read and approved) - ------------------------------- ---------------------------- For PeopleSoft France S.A., Mr. Guy Dubois Mrs Shelley BUI Human Resources Director Page 2/2 EX-21.1 6 f80042ex21-1.txt EXHIBIT 21.1 EXHIBIT 21.1 SUBSIDIARIES OF PEOPLESOFT, INC.
SUBSIDIARY NAME INCORPORATED/ FORMED IN Distinction New Zealand New Zealand PeopleSoft Argentina S.A. Argentina PeopleSoft Asia Pte. Ltd. Singapore PeopleSoft Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia PeopleSoft Belgium BVBA Belgium PeopleSoft Brasil Ltda Brazil PeopleSoft B.V. Netherlands PSFT (BVI) Holding Corporation British Virgin Islands PeopleSoft Canada Co. Canada PeopleSoft Chile Holdings, Ltd. Cayman Islands PeopleSoft Chile LTDA Chile PeopleSoft China Holding Corporation British Virgin Islands PeopleSoft C.I. Holdings Ltd. Cayman Islands PeopleSoft Colombia Holdings, Ltd. Cayman Islands PeopleSoft Credit Corporation California, USA PeopleSoft Danmark APS Denmark PeopleSoft FSC, Inc. Barbados PeopleSoft France S.A. France PeopleSoft GmbH Germany PeopleSoft Hong Kong Ltd. Hong Kong PeopleSoft Iberica, S.L. Spain PeopleSoft India Private Ltd. India PeopleSoft International B.V. Netherlands PeopleSoft International Ltd. Cayman Islands PeopleSoft Investments, Inc. Delaware, USA PeopleSoft Italia Srl. Italy PeopleSoft Japan K.K. Japan PeopleSoft Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Luxembourg PeopleSoft Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico PeopleSoft New Zealand New Zealand PeopleSoft Nordic AB Sweden PeopleSoft Properties, Inc. California, USA PeopleSoft Schweiz A.G. Switzerland PeopleSoft South Africa (Pty) Ltd. South Africa PeopleSoft Texas, Inc. Delaware, USA PeopleSoft UK Ltd. United Kingdom PeopleSoft Unterstutzungskasse GMBH Germany PeopleSoft USA, Inc. California, USA PeopleSoft Venezuela, S.A. Venezuela PeopleSoft Ventures, Inc. California, USA People Soft Worldwide (M) Sdn. Bhd Malaysia PSFT C.I. Holdings Ltd. Cayman Islands Vantive Australia Pty Ltd. Australia Vantive do Brasil Ltda Brazil Vantive Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico Vantive Singapore Singapore
EX-23.1 7 f80042ex23-1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3 No. 33-80755, No. 333-20555, 333-36951, 333-78049 and No. 333-86135) of PeopleSoft, Inc. and in the related Prospectuses and in the Registration Statements (Form S-8) pertaining to (No. 33-53000 and 33-62356) the 1992 Directors' Plan, (Nos. 333-08575, 333-75199 and 333-64424) the Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Plan, the 1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (No. 333-14745) the Red Pepper Software Company 1993 Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-65857) the Intrepid Systems, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-77911) the Trimark Technologies, Inc. 1998 Director and Executive Non-statutory Stock Option Plan, the Trimark Technologies, Inc. 1995 Director and Executive Office Stock Option Plan, the Trimark Technologies, Inc. 1995 Employees and Consultants Stock Option Plan, the Trimark Technologies 1993 Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-84641) the Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (No. 333-86103) the Distinction Software, Inc. Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-94833) The Vantive Corporation Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option Plan, The Vantive Corporation 1995 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan, The Vantive Corporation 1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-91111) the Individual Option Agreements under the Innovative Computer Concepts, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan assumed by the Vantive Corporation, (Nos. 333-38364 and 333-44224) the Advance Planning Solution, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan, (No. 333-47000) 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, (No. 333-64424) the 2001 Stock Plan, and (No. 333-64426) the SkillsVillage 1999 Stock Plan of PeopleSoft Inc. of our report dated February 4, 2000, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of PeopleSoft, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1999, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2001. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Walnut Creek, California March 20, 2002 EX-23.2 8 f80042ex23-2.txt EXHIBIT 23.2 EXHIBIT 23.2 Consent of Independent Public Accountants As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our reports included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-08575, 333-14745, 000-20710, 333-53000, 333-62356, 333-65857, 333-75199, 333-77911, 333-84641, 333-86103, 333-91111, 333-38364, 333-44224, 333-46998, 333-47000, 333-64424 and 333-64426). /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP San Jose, California March 20, 2002 EX-99.1 9 f80042ex99-1.txt EXHIBIT 99.1 Exhibit 99.1 PeopleSoft, Inc. 4460 Hacienda Drive Pleasanton, California 94588 March 20, 2002 Securities and Exchange Commission 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549 Re: Report of Independent Public Accountants by Arthur Andersen Ladies and Gentlemen: In connection with the delivery of the Report of Independent Public Accountants relating to the audit of the consolidated balance sheets of PeopleSoft, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended by Arthur Andersen LLP ("Arthur Andersen") which has been included by PeopleSoft in its annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Arthur Andersen has represented to PeopleSoft that the audit was subject to Arthur Andersen's quality control system for the U.S. accounting and auditing practice to provide reasonable assurance that the engagement was conducted in compliance with professional standards, that there was appropriate continuity of Arthur Andersen personnel working on the audit, availability of national office consultation, and availability of personnel at foreign affiliates of Arthur Andersen to conduct the relevant portions of the audit. Very truly yours, PeopleSoft, Inc. By: /s/ KEVIN T. PARKER ------------------- Kevin T. Parker Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----